]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/doc/tm.texi.in
Update copyright years.
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / doc / tm.texi.in
CommitLineData
99dee823 1@c Copyright (C) 1988-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38f8b050
JR
2@c This is part of the GCC manual.
3@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
4
5@node Target Macros
6@chapter Target Description Macros and Functions
7@cindex machine description macros
8@cindex target description macros
9@cindex macros, target description
10@cindex @file{tm.h} macros
11
12In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description
13includes a C header file conventionally given the name
14@file{@var{machine}.h} and a C source file named @file{@var{machine}.c}.
15The header file defines numerous macros that convey the information
16about the target machine that does not fit into the scheme of the
17@file{.md} file. The file @file{tm.h} should be a link to
18@file{@var{machine}.h}. The header file @file{config.h} includes
19@file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include @file{config.h}. The
20source file defines a variable @code{targetm}, which is a structure
21containing pointers to functions and data relating to the target
22machine. @file{@var{machine}.c} should also contain their definitions,
23if they are not defined elsewhere in GCC, and other functions called
24through the macros defined in the @file{.h} file.
25
26@menu
27* Target Structure:: The @code{targetm} variable.
28* Driver:: Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes.
29* Run-time Target:: Defining @samp{-m} options like @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020}.
30* Per-Function Data:: Defining data structures for per-function information.
31* Storage Layout:: Defining sizes and alignments of data.
32* Type Layout:: Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types.
33* Registers:: Naming and describing the hardware registers.
34* Register Classes:: Defining the classes of hardware registers.
38f8b050
JR
35* Stack and Calling:: Defining which way the stack grows and by how much.
36* Varargs:: Defining the varargs macros.
37* Trampolines:: Code set up at run time to enter a nested function.
38* Library Calls:: Controlling how library routines are implicitly called.
39* Addressing Modes:: Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands.
40* Anchored Addresses:: Defining how @option{-fsection-anchors} should work.
41* Condition Code:: Defining how insns update the condition code.
42* Costs:: Defining relative costs of different operations.
43* Scheduling:: Adjusting the behavior of the instruction scheduler.
44* Sections:: Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections.
45* PIC:: Macros for position independent code.
46* Assembler Format:: Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output.
47* Debugging Info:: Defining the format of debugging output.
48* Floating Point:: Handling floating point for cross-compilers.
49* Mode Switching:: Insertion of mode-switching instructions.
50* Target Attributes:: Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}.
51* Emulated TLS:: Emulated TLS support.
52* MIPS Coprocessors:: MIPS coprocessor support and how to customize it.
53* PCH Target:: Validity checking for precompiled headers.
54* C++ ABI:: Controlling C++ ABI changes.
b4c522fa 55* D Language and ABI:: Controlling D ABI changes.
38f8b050
JR
56* Named Address Spaces:: Adding support for named address spaces
57* Misc:: Everything else.
58@end menu
59
60@node Target Structure
61@section The Global @code{targetm} Variable
62@cindex target hooks
63@cindex target functions
64
65@deftypevar {struct gcc_target} targetm
66The target @file{.c} file must define the global @code{targetm} variable
67which contains pointers to functions and data relating to the target
68machine. The variable is declared in @file{target.h};
69@file{target-def.h} defines the macro @code{TARGET_INITIALIZER} which is
70used to initialize the variable, and macros for the default initializers
71for elements of the structure. The @file{.c} file should override those
72macros for which the default definition is inappropriate. For example:
73@smallexample
74#include "target.h"
75#include "target-def.h"
76
77/* @r{Initialize the GCC target structure.} */
78
79#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
80#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES @var{machine}_comp_type_attributes
81
82struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
83@end smallexample
84@end deftypevar
85
86Where a macro should be defined in the @file{.c} file in this manner to
87form part of the @code{targetm} structure, it is documented below as a
88``Target Hook'' with a prototype. Many macros will change in future
89from being defined in the @file{.h} file to being part of the
90@code{targetm} structure.
91
acce4e77
JM
92Similarly, there is a @code{targetcm} variable for hooks that are
93specific to front ends for C-family languages, documented as ``C
94Target Hook''. This is declared in @file{c-family/c-target.h}, the
dd5a833e 95initializer @code{TARGETCM_INITIALIZER} in
acce4e77
JM
96@file{c-family/c-target-def.h}. If targets initialize @code{targetcm}
97themselves, they should set @code{target_has_targetcm=yes} in
98@file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default definition is used.
99
c49a6962
JM
100Similarly, there is a @code{targetm_common} variable for hooks that
101are shared between the compiler driver and the compilers proper,
102documented as ``Common Target Hook''. This is declared in
103@file{common/common-target.h}, the initializer
104@code{TARGETM_COMMON_INITIALIZER} in
105@file{common/common-target-def.h}. If targets initialize
106@code{targetm_common} themselves, they should set
107@code{target_has_targetm_common=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a
108default definition is used.
109
b4c522fa
IB
110Similarly, there is a @code{targetdm} variable for hooks that are
111specific to the D language front end, documented as ``D Target Hook''.
112This is declared in @file{d/d-target.h}, the initializer
113@code{TARGETDM_INITIALIZER} in @file{d/d-target-def.h}. If targets
114initialize @code{targetdm} themselves, they should set
115@code{target_has_targetdm=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default
116definition is used.
117
38f8b050
JR
118@node Driver
119@section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc}
120@cindex driver
121@cindex controlling the compilation driver
122
123@c prevent bad page break with this line
124You can control the compilation driver.
125
38f8b050
JR
126@defmac DRIVER_SELF_SPECS
127A list of specs for the driver itself. It should be a suitable
128initializer for an array of strings, with no surrounding braces.
129
130The driver applies these specs to its own command line between loading
131default @file{specs} files (but not command-line specified ones) and
132choosing the multilib directory or running any subcommands. It
133applies them in the order given, so each spec can depend on the
134options added by earlier ones. It is also possible to remove options
135using @samp{%<@var{option}} in the usual way.
136
137This macro can be useful when a port has several interdependent target
138options. It provides a way of standardizing the command line so
139that the other specs are easier to write.
140
141Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
142@end defmac
143
144@defmac OPTION_DEFAULT_SPECS
145A list of specs used to support configure-time default options (i.e.@:
146@option{--with} options) in the driver. It should be a suitable initializer
147for an array of structures, each containing two strings, without the
148outermost pair of surrounding braces.
149
150The first item in the pair is the name of the default. This must match
151the code in @file{config.gcc} for the target. The second item is a spec
152to apply if a default with this name was specified. The string
153@samp{%(VALUE)} in the spec will be replaced by the value of the default
154everywhere it occurs.
155
156The driver will apply these specs to its own command line between loading
157default @file{specs} files and processing @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}, using
158the same mechanism as @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}.
159
160Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
161@end defmac
162
163@defmac CPP_SPEC
164A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
165pass to CPP@. It can also specify how to translate options you
166give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the CPP@.
167
168Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
169@end defmac
170
171@defmac CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC
172This macro is just like @code{CPP_SPEC}, but is used for C++, rather
173than C@. If you do not define this macro, then the value of
174@code{CPP_SPEC} (if any) will be used instead.
175@end defmac
176
177@defmac CC1_SPEC
178A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
179pass to @code{cc1}, @code{cc1plus}, @code{f771}, and the other language
180front ends.
181It can also specify how to translate options you give to GCC into options
182for GCC to pass to front ends.
183
184Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
185@end defmac
186
187@defmac CC1PLUS_SPEC
188A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
189pass to @code{cc1plus}. It can also specify how to translate options you
190give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}.
191
192Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
193Note that everything defined in CC1_SPEC is already passed to
194@code{cc1plus} so there is no need to duplicate the contents of
195CC1_SPEC in CC1PLUS_SPEC@.
196@end defmac
197
198@defmac ASM_SPEC
199A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
200pass to the assembler. It can also specify how to translate options
201you give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the assembler.
202See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this.
203
204Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
205@end defmac
206
207@defmac ASM_FINAL_SPEC
208A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program how to
209run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler.
210Normally, this is not needed. See the file @file{mips.h} for
211an example of this.
212
213Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
214@end defmac
215
216@defmac AS_NEEDS_DASH_FOR_PIPED_INPUT
217Define this macro, with no value, if the driver should give the assembler
218an argument consisting of a single dash, @option{-}, to instruct it to
219read from its standard input (which will be a pipe connected to the
220output of the compiler proper). This argument is given after any
221@option{-o} option specifying the name of the output file.
222
223If you do not define this macro, the assembler is assumed to read its
224standard input if given no non-option arguments. If your assembler
225cannot read standard input at all, use a @samp{%@{pipe:%e@}} construct;
226see @file{mips.h} for instance.
227@end defmac
228
229@defmac LINK_SPEC
230A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
231pass to the linker. It can also specify how to translate options you
232give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the linker.
233
234Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
235@end defmac
236
237@defmac LIB_SPEC
238Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The difference
239between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the
240command given to the linker.
241
242If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that
243loads the standard C library from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}.
244@end defmac
245
246@defmac LIBGCC_SPEC
247Another C string constant that tells the GCC driver program
248how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the
249linker command line. This constant is placed both before and after
250the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}.
251
252If this macro is not defined, the GCC driver provides a default that
253passes the string @option{-lgcc} to the linker.
254@end defmac
255
256@defmac REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC
257By default, if @code{ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC} is defined, the
258@code{LIBGCC_SPEC} is not directly used by the driver program but is
259instead modified to refer to different versions of @file{libgcc.a}
260depending on the values of the command line flags @option{-static},
261@option{-shared}, @option{-static-libgcc}, and @option{-shared-libgcc}. On
262targets where these modifications are inappropriate, define
263@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} instead. @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} tells the
264driver how to place a reference to @file{libgcc} on the link command
265line, but, unlike @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}, it is used unmodified.
266@end defmac
267
268@defmac USE_LD_AS_NEEDED
269A macro that controls the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}
270mentioned in @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}. If nonzero, a spec will be
e927b6ad
RO
271generated that uses @option{--as-needed} or equivalent options and the
272shared @file{libgcc} in place of the
38f8b050
JR
273static exception handler library, when linking without any of
274@code{-static}, @code{-static-libgcc}, or @code{-shared-libgcc}.
275@end defmac
276
277@defmac LINK_EH_SPEC
278If defined, this C string constant is added to @code{LINK_SPEC}.
279When @code{USE_LD_AS_NEEDED} is zero or undefined, it also affects
280the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} mentioned in
281@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.
282@end defmac
283
284@defmac STARTFILE_SPEC
285Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
286difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at
287the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
288
289If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
290standard C startup file from the usual place. See @file{gcc.c}.
291@end defmac
292
293@defmac ENDFILE_SPEC
294Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
295difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at
296the very end of the command given to the linker.
297
298Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
299@end defmac
300
301@defmac THREAD_MODEL_SPEC
302GCC @code{-v} will print the thread model GCC was configured to use.
303However, this doesn't work on platforms that are multilibbed on thread
304models, such as AIX 4.3. On such platforms, define
305@code{THREAD_MODEL_SPEC} such that it evaluates to a string without
306blanks that names one of the recognized thread models. @code{%*}, the
307default value of this macro, will expand to the value of
308@code{thread_file} set in @file{config.gcc}.
309@end defmac
310
311@defmac SYSROOT_SUFFIX_SPEC
312Define this macro to add a suffix to the target sysroot when GCC is
313configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to search for usr/lib,
314et al, within sysroot+suffix.
315@end defmac
316
317@defmac SYSROOT_HEADERS_SUFFIX_SPEC
318Define this macro to add a headers_suffix to the target sysroot when
319GCC is configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to pass the
320updated sysroot+headers_suffix to CPP, causing it to search for
321usr/include, et al, within sysroot+headers_suffix.
322@end defmac
323
324@defmac EXTRA_SPECS
325Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the
326@file{specs} file that can be used in various specifications like
327@code{CC1_SPEC}.
328
329The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures,
330containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a
331string constant that provides the specification.
332
333Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
334
335@code{EXTRA_SPECS} is useful when an architecture contains several
336related targets, which have various @code{@dots{}_SPECS} which are similar
337to each other, and the maintainer would like one central place to keep
338these definitions.
339
340For example, the PowerPC System V.4 targets use @code{EXTRA_SPECS} to
341define either @code{_CALL_SYSV} when the System V calling sequence is
342used or @code{_CALL_AIX} when the older AIX-based calling sequence is
343used.
344
345The @file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h} target file defines:
346
347@smallexample
348#define EXTRA_SPECS \
349 @{ "cpp_sysv_default", CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT @},
350
351#define CPP_SYS_DEFAULT ""
352@end smallexample
353
354The @file{config/rs6000/sysv.h} target file defines:
355@smallexample
356#undef CPP_SPEC
357#define CPP_SPEC \
358"%@{posix: -D_POSIX_SOURCE @} \
359%@{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV @} \
360%@{!mcall-sysv: %(cpp_sysv_default) @} \
361%@{msoft-float: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@} %@{mcpu=403: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@}"
362
363#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
364#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_SYSV"
365@end smallexample
366
367while the @file{config/rs6000/eabiaix.h} target file defines
368@code{CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT} as:
369
370@smallexample
371#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
372#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_AIX"
373@end smallexample
374@end defmac
375
376@defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1
377Define this macro if the driver program should find the library
378@file{libgcc.a}. If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass
379the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search.
380@end defmac
381
382@defmac LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC
383The sequence in which libgcc and libc are specified to the linker.
384By default this is @code{%G %L %G}.
385@end defmac
386
d9386123
AP
387@defmac POST_LINK_SPEC
388Define this macro to add additional steps to be executed after linker.
389The default value of this macro is empty string.
390@end defmac
391
38f8b050
JR
392@defmac LINK_COMMAND_SPEC
393A C string constant giving the complete command line need to execute the
394linker. When you do this, you will need to update your port each time a
395change is made to the link command line within @file{gcc.c}. Therefore,
396define this macro only if you need to completely redefine the command
397line for invoking the linker and there is no other way to accomplish
398the effect you need. Overriding this macro may be avoidable by overriding
399@code{LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC} instead.
400@end defmac
401
c49a6962
JM
402@hook TARGET_ALWAYS_STRIP_DOTDOT
403
38f8b050
JR
404@defmac MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
405Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
406string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
407target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
408@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}.
409
410Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in
411the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in
412@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default.
413@xref{Target Fragment}.
414@end defmac
415
416@defmac RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR
417Define this macro to tell @command{gcc} that it should only translate
418a @option{-B} prefix into a @option{-L} linker option if the prefix
419indicates an absolute file name.
420@end defmac
421
422@defmac MD_EXEC_PREFIX
423If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after
424@code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched
425when the compiler is built as a cross
426compiler. If you define @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, then be sure to add it
6b1786aa 427to the list of directories used to find the assembler in @file{configure.ac}.
38f8b050
JR
428@end defmac
429
430@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
431Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
432standard choice of @code{libdir} as the default prefix to
433try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
434@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX} is not searched when the compiler
435is built as a cross compiler.
436@end defmac
437
438@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
439Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
440standard choice of @code{/lib} as a prefix to try after the default prefix
441when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
442@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1} is not searched when the compiler
443is built as a cross compiler.
444@end defmac
445
446@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
447Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
448standard choice of @code{/lib} as yet another prefix to try after the
449default prefix when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
450@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2} is not searched when the compiler
451is built as a cross compiler.
452@end defmac
453
454@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
455If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the
456standard prefixes. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the
457compiler is built as a cross compiler.
458@end defmac
459
460@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
461If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the
462standard prefixes. It is not searched when the compiler is built as a
463cross compiler.
464@end defmac
465
466@defmac INIT_ENVIRONMENT
467Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to set environment
468variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and
469loader. The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to
470initialize the necessary environment variables.
471@end defmac
472
473@defmac LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR
474Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
475standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to
476try when searching for local header files. @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}
08b2bad2
SB
477comes before @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR} (set in
478@file{config.gcc}, normally @file{/usr/include}) in the search order.
38f8b050
JR
479
480Cross compilers do not search either @file{/usr/local/include} or its
481replacement.
482@end defmac
483
08b2bad2
SB
484@defmac NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_COMPONENT
485The ``component'' corresponding to @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.
38f8b050
JR
486See @code{INCLUDE_DEFAULTS}, below, for the description of components.
487If you do not define this macro, no component is used.
488@end defmac
489
490@defmac INCLUDE_DEFAULTS
491Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path
492for include files. For a native compiler, the default search path
493usually consists of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR},
08b2bad2
SB
494@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and
495@code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}. In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}
38f8b050
JR
496and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile},
497and specify private search areas for GCC@. The directory
498@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs.
499
500The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures.
501Each array element should have four elements: the directory name (a
502string constant), the component name (also a string constant), a flag
503for C++-only directories,
504and a flag showing that the includes in the directory don't need to be
505wrapped in @code{extern @samp{C}} when compiling C++. Mark the end of
506the array with a null element.
507
508The component name denotes what GNU package the include file is part of,
509if any, in all uppercase letters. For example, it might be @samp{GCC}
510or @samp{BINUTILS}. If the package is part of a vendor-supplied
511operating system, code the component name as @samp{0}.
512
513For example, here is the definition used for VAX/VMS:
514
515@smallexample
516#define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \
517@{ \
518 @{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", "G++", 1, 1@}, \
519 @{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", "GCC", 0, 0@}, \
520 @{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0, 0, 0@}, \
521 @{ ".", 0, 0, 0@}, \
522 @{ 0, 0, 0, 0@} \
523@}
524@end smallexample
525@end defmac
526
527Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files:
528
529@enumerate
530@item
531Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
532
533@item
534The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or, if @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}
ff2ce160 535is not set and the compiler has not been installed in the configure-time
38f8b050
JR
536@var{prefix}, the location in which the compiler has actually been installed.
537
538@item
539The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}.
540
541@item
542The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if the compiler has been installed
ff2ce160 543in the configured-time @var{prefix}.
38f8b050
JR
544
545@item
ff2ce160 546The location @file{/usr/libexec/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
38f8b050
JR
547
548@item
ff2ce160 549The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
38f8b050
JR
550
551@item
ff2ce160 552The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
38f8b050
JR
553compiler.
554@end enumerate
555
556Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles:
557
558@enumerate
559@item
560Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
561
562@item
563The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or its automatically determined
564value based on the installed toolchain location.
565
566@item
567The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH}
568(or port-specific name; native only, cross compilers do not use this).
569
570@item
571The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, but only if the toolchain is installed
ff2ce160 572in the configured @var{prefix} or this is a native compiler.
38f8b050
JR
573
574@item
575The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
576
577@item
ff2ce160 578The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
38f8b050
JR
579compiler.
580
581@item
ff2ce160 582The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a
38f8b050
JR
583native compiler, or we have a target system root.
584
585@item
ff2ce160 586The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, if defined, but only if this is a
38f8b050
JR
587native compiler, or we have a target system root.
588
589@item
590The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, with any sysroot modifications.
591If this path is relative it will be prefixed by @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} and
592the machine suffix or @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX} and the machine suffix.
593
594@item
595The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, but only if this is a native
596compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
597@file{/lib/}.
598
599@item
600The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2}, but only if this is a native
601compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
602@file{/usr/lib/}.
603@end enumerate
604
605@node Run-time Target
606@section Run-time Target Specification
607@cindex run-time target specification
608@cindex predefined macros
609@cindex target specifications
610
611@c prevent bad page break with this line
612Here are run-time target specifications.
613
614@defmac TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS ()
615This function-like macro expands to a block of code that defines
616built-in preprocessor macros and assertions for the target CPU, using
617the functions @code{builtin_define}, @code{builtin_define_std} and
618@code{builtin_assert}. When the front end
619calls this macro it provides a trailing semicolon, and since it has
620finished command line option processing your code can use those
621results freely.
622
623@code{builtin_assert} takes a string in the form you pass to the
624command-line option @option{-A}, such as @code{cpu=mips}, and creates
625the assertion. @code{builtin_define} takes a string in the form
626accepted by option @option{-D} and unconditionally defines the macro.
627
628@code{builtin_define_std} takes a string representing the name of an
629object-like macro. If it doesn't lie in the user's namespace,
630@code{builtin_define_std} defines it unconditionally. Otherwise, it
631defines a version with two leading underscores, and another version
632with two leading and trailing underscores, and defines the original
633only if an ISO standard was not requested on the command line. For
634example, passing @code{unix} defines @code{__unix}, @code{__unix__}
635and possibly @code{unix}; passing @code{_mips} defines @code{__mips},
636@code{__mips__} and possibly @code{_mips}, and passing @code{_ABI64}
637defines only @code{_ABI64}.
638
639You can also test for the C dialect being compiled. The variable
640@code{c_language} is set to one of @code{clk_c}, @code{clk_cplusplus}
641or @code{clk_objective_c}. Note that if we are preprocessing
642assembler, this variable will be @code{clk_c} but the function-like
643macro @code{preprocessing_asm_p()} will return true, so you might want
644to check for that first. If you need to check for strict ANSI, the
645variable @code{flag_iso} can be used. The function-like macro
646@code{preprocessing_trad_p()} can be used to check for traditional
647preprocessing.
648@end defmac
649
650@defmac TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS ()
651Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
652and is used for the target operating system instead.
653@end defmac
654
655@defmac TARGET_OBJFMT_CPP_BUILTINS ()
656Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
657and is used for the target object format. @file{elfos.h} uses this
658macro to define @code{__ELF__}, so you probably do not need to define
659it yourself.
660@end defmac
661
662@deftypevar {extern int} target_flags
663This variable is declared in @file{options.h}, which is included before
664any target-specific headers.
665@end deftypevar
666
667@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
668This variable specifies the initial value of @code{target_flags}.
669Its default setting is 0.
670@end deftypevr
671
672@cindex optional hardware or system features
673@cindex features, optional, in system conventions
674
675@hook TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION
676This hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
677target-specific options described by the @file{.opt} definition files
678(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some option-specific
679processing and should return true if the option is valid. The default
680definition does nothing but return true.
681
96e45421
JM
682@var{decoded} specifies the option and its arguments. @var{opts} and
683@var{opts_set} are the @code{gcc_options} structures to be used for
684storing option state, and @var{loc} is the location at which the
685option was passed (@code{UNKNOWN_LOCATION} except for options passed
686via attributes).
38f8b050
JR
687@end deftypefn
688
689@hook TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION
690This target hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
691target-specific C language family options described by the @file{.opt}
692definition files(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some
693option-specific processing and should return true if the option is
694valid. The arguments are like for @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION}. The
695default definition does nothing but return false.
696
697In general, you should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION} to handle
698options. However, if processing an option requires routines that are
699only available in the C (and related language) front ends, then you
700should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION} instead.
701@end deftypefn
702
91ebb981
IS
703@hook TARGET_OBJC_CONSTRUCT_STRING_OBJECT
704
70f42967
SB
705@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_UNRESOLVED_CLASS_REFERENCE
706
707@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_CLASS_DEFINITION
708
91ebb981
IS
709@hook TARGET_STRING_OBJECT_REF_TYPE_P
710
711@hook TARGET_CHECK_STRING_OBJECT_FORMAT_ARG
26705988 712
38f8b050 713@hook TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
38f8b050
JR
714
715@defmac C_COMMON_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
c5387660
JM
716This is similar to the @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} hook
717but is only used in the C
38f8b050
JR
718language frontends (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++) and so can be
719used to alter option flag variables which only exist in those
720frontends.
721@end defmac
722
3020190e 723@hook TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE
38f8b050 724Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for
3020190e
JM
725various optimization levels. This variable, if defined, describes
726options to enable at particular sets of optimization levels. These
727options are processed once
38f8b050 728just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder
3020190e 729of the command options have been parsed, so may be overridden by other
2b0d3573 730options passed explicitly.
38f8b050 731
3020190e 732This processing is run once at program startup and when the optimization
38f8b050
JR
733options are changed via @code{#pragma GCC optimize} or by using the
734@code{optimize} attribute.
3020190e 735@end deftypevr
38f8b050 736
7e4aae92
JM
737@hook TARGET_OPTION_INIT_STRUCT
738
3bd36029
RS
739@defmac SWITCHABLE_TARGET
740Some targets need to switch between substantially different subtargets
741during compilation. For example, the MIPS target has one subtarget for
742the traditional MIPS architecture and another for MIPS16. Source code
743can switch between these two subarchitectures using the @code{mips16}
744and @code{nomips16} attributes.
745
746Such subtargets can differ in things like the set of available
747registers, the set of available instructions, the costs of various
748operations, and so on. GCC caches a lot of this type of information
749in global variables, and recomputing them for each subtarget takes a
750significant amount of time. The compiler therefore provides a facility
751for maintaining several versions of the global variables and quickly
752switching between them; see @file{target-globals.h} for details.
753
754Define this macro to 1 if your target needs this facility. The default
755is 0.
756@end defmac
757
9193fb05
JM
758@hook TARGET_FLOAT_EXCEPTIONS_ROUNDING_SUPPORTED_P
759
38f8b050
JR
760@node Per-Function Data
761@section Defining data structures for per-function information.
762@cindex per-function data
763@cindex data structures
764
765If the target needs to store information on a per-function basis, GCC
766provides a macro and a couple of variables to allow this. Note, just
767using statics to store the information is a bad idea, since GCC supports
768nested functions, so you can be halfway through encoding one function
769when another one comes along.
770
771GCC defines a data structure called @code{struct function} which
772contains all of the data specific to an individual function. This
773structure contains a field called @code{machine} whose type is
774@code{struct machine_function *}, which can be used by targets to point
775to their own specific data.
776
777If a target needs per-function specific data it should define the type
778@code{struct machine_function} and also the macro @code{INIT_EXPANDERS}.
779This macro should be used to initialize the function pointer
780@code{init_machine_status}. This pointer is explained below.
781
782One typical use of per-function, target specific data is to create an
783RTX to hold the register containing the function's return address. This
784RTX can then be used to implement the @code{__builtin_return_address}
785function, for level 0.
786
787Note---earlier implementations of GCC used a single data area to hold
788all of the per-function information. Thus when processing of a nested
789function began the old per-function data had to be pushed onto a
790stack, and when the processing was finished, it had to be popped off the
791stack. GCC used to provide function pointers called
792@code{save_machine_status} and @code{restore_machine_status} to handle
793the saving and restoring of the target specific information. Since the
794single data area approach is no longer used, these pointers are no
795longer supported.
796
797@defmac INIT_EXPANDERS
798Macro called to initialize any target specific information. This macro
799is called once per function, before generation of any RTL has begun.
800The intention of this macro is to allow the initialization of the
801function pointer @code{init_machine_status}.
802@end defmac
803
804@deftypevar {void (*)(struct function *)} init_machine_status
805If this function pointer is non-@code{NULL} it will be called once per
806function, before function compilation starts, in order to allow the
807target to perform any target specific initialization of the
808@code{struct function} structure. It is intended that this would be
809used to initialize the @code{machine} of that structure.
810
811@code{struct machine_function} structures are expected to be freed by GC@.
812Generally, any memory that they reference must be allocated by using
813GC allocation, including the structure itself.
814@end deftypevar
815
816@node Storage Layout
817@section Storage Layout
818@cindex storage layout
819
820Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or
821alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant. They can be C
822expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}.
823@xref{Run-time Target}.
824
825@defmac BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
826Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
827byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
828This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
829bit. If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
830be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to. This
831macro need not be a constant.
832
833This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
834bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}.
835@end defmac
836
837@defmac BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
838Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
839word has the lowest number. This macro need not be a constant.
840@end defmac
841
842@defmac WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
843Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
844most significant word has the lowest number. This applies to both
c0a6a1ef
BS
845memory locations and registers; see @code{REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} if the
846order of words in memory is not the same as the order in registers. This
38f8b050
JR
847macro need not be a constant.
848@end defmac
849
c0a6a1ef
BS
850@defmac REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
851On some machines, the order of words in a multiword object differs between
852registers in memory. In such a situation, define this macro to describe
853the order of words in a register. The macro @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} controls
854the order of words in memory.
855@end defmac
856
38f8b050
JR
857@defmac FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
858Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or
859@code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
860containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
861have the value 0. This macro need not be a constant.
862
863You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
864multi-word integers.
865@end defmac
866
38f8b050
JR
867@defmac BITS_PER_WORD
868Number of bits in a word. If you do not define this macro, the default
869is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT * UNITS_PER_WORD}.
870@end defmac
871
872@defmac MAX_BITS_PER_WORD
873Maximum number of bits in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
874@code{BITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
875largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
876@end defmac
877
878@defmac UNITS_PER_WORD
879Number of storage units in a word; normally the size of a general-purpose
880register, a power of two from 1 or 8.
881@end defmac
882
883@defmac MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD
884Minimum number of units in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
885@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
886smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
887@end defmac
888
38f8b050
JR
889@defmac POINTER_SIZE
890Width of a pointer, in bits. You must specify a value no wider than the
891width of @code{Pmode}. If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode},
892you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}. If you do not specify
893a value the default is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
894@end defmac
895
896@defmac POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
897A C expression that determines how pointers should be extended from
898@code{ptr_mode} to either @code{Pmode} or @code{word_mode}. It is
899greater than zero if pointers should be zero-extended, zero if they
900should be sign-extended, and negative if some other sort of conversion
901is needed. In the last case, the extension is done by the target's
902@code{ptr_extend} instruction.
903
904You need not define this macro if the @code{ptr_mode}, @code{Pmode}
905and @code{word_mode} are all the same width.
906@end defmac
907
908@defmac PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type})
909A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type
910is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
911stored in a register. This macro is only called when @var{type} is a
912scalar type.
913
914On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
915register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if
916@var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. In most
917cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
918floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
919counterparts.
920
921For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}.
922However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
923either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes. For example, on
924the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
925sign-extend the result to 64 bits. On such machines, set
926@var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
927
928Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}.
929@end defmac
930
42e02b20
JG
931@hook TARGET_C_EXCESS_PRECISION
932
38f8b050 933@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
38f8b050
JR
934
935@defmac PARM_BOUNDARY
936Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
937bits. All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
938regardless of data type. On most machines, this is the same as the
939size of an integer.
940@end defmac
941
942@defmac STACK_BOUNDARY
943Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the
944stack pointer on this machine. The definition is a C expression for the
945desired alignment (measured in bits). This value is used as a default
946if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is not defined. On most machines,
947this should be the same as @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.
948@end defmac
949
950@defmac PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY
951Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the
952stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces. The definition
953is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits). This
954macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than
955@code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
956@end defmac
957
958@defmac INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY
959Define this macro if the incoming stack boundary may be different
960from @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}. This macro must evaluate
961to a value equal to or larger than @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
962@end defmac
963
964@defmac FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
965Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
966@end defmac
967
968@defmac BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
969Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in
970bits. Note that this is not the biggest alignment that is supported,
971just the biggest alignment that, when violated, may cause a fault.
972@end defmac
973
6d2b7199
BS
974@hook TARGET_ABSOLUTE_BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
975
38f8b050
JR
976@defmac MALLOC_ABI_ALIGNMENT
977Alignment, in bits, a C conformant malloc implementation has to
978provide. If not defined, the default value is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
979@end defmac
980
981@defmac ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_VALUE
982Alignment used by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned))} construct. If
983not defined, the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
984@end defmac
985
986@defmac MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
987If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an
988object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any
989nearby object. Normally, this is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}, but may be larger
990on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations.
991@end defmac
992
993@defmac BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
994Biggest alignment that any structure or union field can require on this
995machine, in bits. If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for
996structure and union fields only, unless the field alignment has been set
997by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
998@end defmac
999
a4cf4b64
RB
1000@defmac ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (@var{field}, @var{type}, @var{computed})
1001An expression for the alignment of a structure field @var{field} of
1002type @var{type} if the alignment computed in the usual way (including
1003applying of @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} and @code{BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT} to the
38f8b050
JR
1004alignment) is @var{computed}. It overrides alignment only if the
1005field alignment has not been set by the
a4cf4b64
RB
1006@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct. Note that @var{field}
1007may be @code{NULL_TREE} in case we just query for the minimum alignment
1008of a field of type @var{type} in structure context.
38f8b050
JR
1009@end defmac
1010
1011@defmac MAX_STACK_ALIGNMENT
1012Biggest stack alignment guaranteed by the backend. Use this macro
1013to specify the maximum alignment of a variable on stack.
1014
1015If not defined, the default value is @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1016
1017@c FIXME: The default should be @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1018@c But the fix for PR 32893 indicates that we can only guarantee
1019@c maximum stack alignment on stack up to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, not
1020@c @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}, if stack alignment isn't supported.
1021@end defmac
1022
1023@defmac MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
1024Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine.
1025Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the
4c7bd361
MS
1026@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct for functions and
1027objects with static storage duration. The alignment of automatic
1028objects may exceed the object file format maximum up to the maximum
1029supported by GCC. If not defined, the default value is
1030@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
38f8b050
JR
1031
1032On systems that use ELF, the default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is
1033the largest supported 32-bit ELF section alignment representable on
630ba2fd 1034a 32-bit host e.g.@: @samp{(((uint64_t) 1 << 28) * 8)}.
38f8b050
JR
1035On 32-bit ELF the largest supported section alignment in bits is
1036@samp{(0x80000000 * 8)}, but this is not representable on 32-bit hosts.
1037@end defmac
1038
0a9d711d
SP
1039@hook TARGET_LOWER_LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT
1040
f073de07
RS
1041@hook TARGET_STATIC_RTX_ALIGNMENT
1042
38f8b050
JR
1043@defmac DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1044If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1045the static store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1046the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this
1047macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1048
1049If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1050
1051@findex strcpy
1052One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1053make it all fit in fewer cache lines. Another is to cause character
1054arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1055constants to character arrays can be done inline.
1056@end defmac
1057
df8a1d28
JJ
1058@defmac DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1059Similar to @code{DATA_ALIGNMENT}, but for the cases where the ABI mandates
1060some alignment increase, instead of optimization only purposes. E.g.@
1061AMD x86-64 psABI says that variables with array type larger than 15 bytes
1062must be aligned to 16 byte boundaries.
1063
1064If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1065@end defmac
1066
58e17cf8 1067@hook TARGET_CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
38f8b050
JR
1068
1069@defmac LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1070If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1071the local store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1072the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this
1073macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1074
1075If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1076
1077One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1078make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
4a6336ad 1079
64ad7c99 1080If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
38f8b050
JR
1081@end defmac
1082
5aea1e76
UW
1083@hook TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
1084
38f8b050
JR
1085@defmac STACK_SLOT_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{mode}, @var{basic-align})
1086If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for stack slot.
1087@var{type} is the data type, @var{mode} is the widest mode available,
1088and @var{basic-align} is the alignment that the slot would ordinarily
1089have. The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1090align the slot.
1091
1092If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used when
1093@var{type} is @code{NULL}. Otherwise, @code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT} will
1094be used.
1095
1096This macro is to set alignment of stack slot to the maximum alignment
1097of all possible modes which the slot may have.
4a6336ad 1098
64ad7c99 1099If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
38f8b050
JR
1100@end defmac
1101
1102@defmac LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (@var{decl})
1103If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a local
1104variable @var{decl}.
1105
1106If this macro is not defined, then
1107@code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (@var{decl}), DECL_ALIGN (@var{decl}))}
1108is used.
1109
1110One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1111make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
4a6336ad 1112
64ad7c99 1113If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
38f8b050
JR
1114@end defmac
1115
1116@defmac MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (@var{exp}, @var{mode}, @var{align})
1117If defined, a C expression to compute the minimum required alignment
1118for dynamic stack realignment purposes for @var{exp} (a type or decl),
1119@var{mode}, assuming normal alignment @var{align}.
1120
1121If this macro is not defined, then @var{align} will be used.
1122@end defmac
1123
1124@defmac EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY
1125Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit-field that follows an
1126empty field such as @code{int : 0;}.
1127
1128If @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true, it overrides this macro.
1129@end defmac
1130
1131@defmac STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
1132Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of.
1133Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this.
1134
1135If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as
1136@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1137@end defmac
1138
1139@defmac STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1140Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
1141if given data not on the nominal alignment. If instructions will merely
1142go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
1143@end defmac
1144
1145@defmac PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
1146Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
1147alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them.
1148
1149The behavior is that the type written for a named bit-field (@code{int},
1150@code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire
1151structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary field of
1152that type. In addition, the bit-field is placed within the structure so
1153that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a boundary for it.
1154
1155Thus, on most machines, a named bit-field whose type is written as
1156@code{int} would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force
1157four-byte alignment for the whole structure. (The alignment used may
1158not be four bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
1159
1160An unnamed bit-field will not affect the alignment of the containing
1161structure.
1162
1163If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
1164a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
1165
1166Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
1167bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary. The compiler can
1168support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and
1169@samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory.
1170
1171The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define
1172@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1173Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
1174
1175Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define
1176@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define
1177@code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value.
1178
1179If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out
1180bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
1181what the other compiler does. Compile and run this program:
1182
1183@smallexample
1184struct foo1
1185@{
1186 char x;
1187 char :0;
1188 char y;
1189@};
1190
1191struct foo2
1192@{
1193 char x;
1194 int :0;
1195 char y;
1196@};
1197
1198main ()
1199@{
1200 printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
1201 sizeof (struct foo1));
1202 printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
1203 sizeof (struct foo2));
1204 exit (0);
1205@}
1206@end smallexample
1207
1208If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
1209get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}.
1210@end defmac
1211
1212@defmac BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED
1213Like @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} except that its effect is limited
1214to aligning a bit-field within the structure.
1215@end defmac
1216
1217@hook TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
38f8b050
JR
1218
1219@hook TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
38f8b050 1220
d9886a9e 1221@hook TARGET_MEMBER_TYPE_FORCES_BLK
38f8b050
JR
1222
1223@defmac ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type}, @var{computed}, @var{specified})
1224Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a type (given
1225by @var{type} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual
1226way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was
1227@var{specified}.
1228
1229The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use
1230the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}
1231@end defmac
1232
1233@defmac MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
1234An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer
1235machine mode that should actually be used. All integer machine modes of
1236this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the
1237appropriate sizes. If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE
1238(DImode)} is assumed.
1239@end defmac
1240
1241@defmac STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (@var{save_level})
ef4bddc2 1242If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
38f8b050
JR
1243specifies the mode of the save area operand of a
1244@code{save_stack_@var{level}} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1245@var{save_level} is one of @code{SAVE_BLOCK}, @code{SAVE_FUNCTION}, or
1246@code{SAVE_NONLOCAL} and selects which of the three named patterns is
1247having its mode specified.
1248
1249You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{Pmode}. You
1250would most commonly define this macro if the
1251@code{save_stack_@var{level}} patterns need to support both a 32- and a
125264-bit mode.
1253@end defmac
1254
1255@defmac STACK_SIZE_MODE
ef4bddc2 1256If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
38f8b050
JR
1257specifies the mode of the size increment operand of an
1258@code{allocate_stack} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1259
1260You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{word_mode}.
1261You would most commonly define this macro if the @code{allocate_stack}
1262pattern needs to support both a 32- and a 64-bit mode.
1263@end defmac
1264
1265@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE
38f8b050
JR
1266
1267@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_SHIFT_COUNT_MODE
38f8b050
JR
1268
1269@hook TARGET_UNWIND_WORD_MODE
38f8b050 1270
38f8b050 1271@hook TARGET_MS_BITFIELD_LAYOUT_P
38f8b050
JR
1272
1273@hook TARGET_DECIMAL_FLOAT_SUPPORTED_P
38f8b050
JR
1274
1275@hook TARGET_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED_P
38f8b050
JR
1276
1277@hook TARGET_EXPAND_TO_RTL_HOOK
38f8b050
JR
1278
1279@hook TARGET_INSTANTIATE_DECLS
38f8b050
JR
1280
1281@hook TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
38f8b050
JR
1282
1283@node Type Layout
1284@section Layout of Source Language Data Types
1285
1286These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard
1287basic data types used in programs being compiled. Unlike the macros in
1288the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related
1289languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout.
1290
1291@defmac INT_TYPE_SIZE
1292A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the
1293target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1294@end defmac
1295
1296@defmac SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
1297A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the
1298target machine. If you don't define this, the default is half a word.
1299(If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one
1300unit.)
1301@end defmac
1302
1303@defmac LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1304A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the
1305target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1306@end defmac
1307
1308@defmac ADA_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1309On some machines, the size used for the Ada equivalent of the type
1310@code{long} by a native Ada compiler differs from that used by C@. In
1311that situation, define this macro to be a C expression to be used for
1312the size of that type. If you don't define this, the default is the
1313value of @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}.
1314@end defmac
1315
1316@defmac LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1317A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the
1318target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1319words. If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this
1320macro must be at least 64.
1321@end defmac
1322
1323@defmac CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1324A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the
1325target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1326@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1327@end defmac
1328
1329@defmac BOOL_TYPE_SIZE
1330A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type @code{bool} and
1331C99 type @code{_Bool} on the target machine. If you don't define
1332this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}.
1333@end defmac
1334
1335@defmac FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
1336A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{float} on the
1337target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1338@end defmac
1339
1340@defmac DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1341A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{double} on the
1342target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1343words.
1344@end defmac
1345
1346@defmac LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1347A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long double} on
1348the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1349words.
1350@end defmac
1351
1352@defmac SHORT_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1353A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Fract} on
1354the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1355@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1356@end defmac
1357
1358@defmac FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1359A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Fract} on
1360the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1361@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1362@end defmac
1363
1364@defmac LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1365A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Fract} on
1366the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1367@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1368@end defmac
1369
1370@defmac LONG_LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1371A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Fract} on
1372the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1373@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1374@end defmac
1375
1376@defmac SHORT_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1377A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Accum} on
1378the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1379@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1380@end defmac
1381
1382@defmac ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1383A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Accum} on
1384the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1385@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1386@end defmac
1387
1388@defmac LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1389A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Accum} on
1390the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1391@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1392@end defmac
1393
1394@defmac LONG_LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1395A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Accum} on
1396the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1397@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 16}.
1398@end defmac
1399
cdbf4541
BS
1400@defmac LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX
1401This macro corresponds to the @code{TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX} target
1402hook and should be defined if that hook is overriden to be true. It
1403causes function names in libgcc to be changed to use a @code{__gnu_}
1404prefix for their name rather than the default @code{__}. A port which
1405uses this macro should also arrange to use @file{t-gnu-prefix} in
1406the libgcc @file{config.host}.
1407@end defmac
1408
38f8b050
JR
1409@defmac WIDEST_HARDWARE_FP_SIZE
1410A C expression for the size in bits of the widest floating-point format
1411supported by the hardware. If you define this macro, you must specify a
1412value less than or equal to the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}.
1413If you do not define this macro, the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}
1414is the default.
1415@end defmac
1416
1417@defmac DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR
1418An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
1419@code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default. The user can
1420always override this default with the options @option{-fsigned-char}
1421and @option{-funsigned-char}.
1422@end defmac
1423
1424@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
38f8b050
JR
1425
1426@defmac SIZE_TYPE
1427A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1428for size values. The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the
1429contents of the string.
1430
1431The string can contain more than one keyword. If so, separate them with
1432spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if
1433appropriate, and finally @code{int}. The string must exactly match one
1434of the data type names defined in the function
176a96de
HPN
1435@code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins} in the file @file{c-family/c-common.c}.
1436You may not omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the
1437compiler to crash on startup.
38f8b050
JR
1438
1439If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned
1440int"}.
1441@end defmac
1442
18dae016
TG
1443@defmac SIZETYPE
1444GCC defines internal types (@code{sizetype}, @code{ssizetype},
1445@code{bitsizetype} and @code{sbitsizetype}) for expressions
1446dealing with size. This macro is a C expression for a string describing
1447the name of the data type from which the precision of @code{sizetype}
1448is extracted.
1449
1450The string has the same restrictions as @code{SIZE_TYPE} string.
1451
1452If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{SIZE_TYPE}.
1453@end defmac
1454
38f8b050
JR
1455@defmac PTRDIFF_TYPE
1456A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1457for the result of subtracting two pointers. The typedef name
1458@code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string. See
1459@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1460
1461If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}.
1462@end defmac
1463
1464@defmac WCHAR_TYPE
1465A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1466for wide characters. The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using
1467the contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1468information.
1469
1470If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}.
1471@end defmac
1472
1473@defmac WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1474A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
1475characters. This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of
1476@code{WCHAR_TYPE}.
1477@end defmac
1478
1479@defmac WINT_TYPE
1480A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to
1481use for wide characters passed to @code{printf} and returned from
1482@code{getwc}. The typedef name @code{wint_t} is defined using the
1483contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1484information.
1485
1486If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"unsigned int"}.
1487@end defmac
1488
1489@defmac INTMAX_TYPE
1490A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1491can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type.
1492The typedef name @code{intmax_t} is defined using the contents of the
1493string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1494
1495If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1496@code{"int"}, @code{"long int"}, or @code{"long long int"} that has as
1497much precision as @code{long long int}.
1498@end defmac
1499
1500@defmac UINTMAX_TYPE
1501A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1502can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer
1503type. The typedef name @code{uintmax_t} is defined using the contents
1504of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1505
1506If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1507@code{"unsigned int"}, @code{"long unsigned int"}, or @code{"long long
1508unsigned int"} that has as much precision as @code{long long unsigned
1509int}.
1510@end defmac
1511
1512@defmac SIG_ATOMIC_TYPE
1513@defmacx INT8_TYPE
1514@defmacx INT16_TYPE
1515@defmacx INT32_TYPE
1516@defmacx INT64_TYPE
1517@defmacx UINT8_TYPE
1518@defmacx UINT16_TYPE
1519@defmacx UINT32_TYPE
1520@defmacx UINT64_TYPE
1521@defmacx INT_LEAST8_TYPE
1522@defmacx INT_LEAST16_TYPE
1523@defmacx INT_LEAST32_TYPE
1524@defmacx INT_LEAST64_TYPE
1525@defmacx UINT_LEAST8_TYPE
1526@defmacx UINT_LEAST16_TYPE
1527@defmacx UINT_LEAST32_TYPE
1528@defmacx UINT_LEAST64_TYPE
1529@defmacx INT_FAST8_TYPE
1530@defmacx INT_FAST16_TYPE
1531@defmacx INT_FAST32_TYPE
1532@defmacx INT_FAST64_TYPE
1533@defmacx UINT_FAST8_TYPE
1534@defmacx UINT_FAST16_TYPE
1535@defmacx UINT_FAST32_TYPE
1536@defmacx UINT_FAST64_TYPE
1537@defmacx INTPTR_TYPE
1538@defmacx UINTPTR_TYPE
1539C expressions for the standard types @code{sig_atomic_t},
1540@code{int8_t}, @code{int16_t}, @code{int32_t}, @code{int64_t},
1541@code{uint8_t}, @code{uint16_t}, @code{uint32_t}, @code{uint64_t},
1542@code{int_least8_t}, @code{int_least16_t}, @code{int_least32_t},
1543@code{int_least64_t}, @code{uint_least8_t}, @code{uint_least16_t},
1544@code{uint_least32_t}, @code{uint_least64_t}, @code{int_fast8_t},
1545@code{int_fast16_t}, @code{int_fast32_t}, @code{int_fast64_t},
1546@code{uint_fast8_t}, @code{uint_fast16_t}, @code{uint_fast32_t},
1547@code{uint_fast64_t}, @code{intptr_t}, and @code{uintptr_t}. See
1548@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1549
1550If any of these macros evaluates to a null pointer, the corresponding
1551type is not supported; if GCC is configured to provide
1552@code{<stdint.h>} in such a case, the header provided may not conform
1553to C99, depending on the type in question. The defaults for all of
1554these macros are null pointers.
1555@end defmac
1556
1557@defmac TARGET_PTRMEMFUNC_VBIT_LOCATION
1558The C++ compiler represents a pointer-to-member-function with a struct
1559that looks like:
1560
1561@smallexample
1562 struct @{
1563 union @{
1564 void (*fn)();
1565 ptrdiff_t vtable_index;
1566 @};
1567 ptrdiff_t delta;
1568 @};
1569@end smallexample
1570
1571@noindent
1572The C++ compiler must use one bit to indicate whether the function that
1573will be called through a pointer-to-member-function is virtual.
1574Normally, we assume that the low-order bit of a function pointer must
1575always be zero. Then, by ensuring that the vtable_index is odd, we can
1576distinguish which variant of the union is in use. But, on some
1577platforms function pointers can be odd, and so this doesn't work. In
1578that case, we use the low-order bit of the @code{delta} field, and shift
1579the remainder of the @code{delta} field to the left.
1580
1581GCC will automatically make the right selection about where to store
1582this bit using the @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} setting for your platform.
1583However, some platforms such as ARM/Thumb have @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}
1584set such that functions always start at even addresses, but the lowest
1585bit of pointers to functions indicate whether the function at that
1586address is in ARM or Thumb mode. If this is the case of your
1587architecture, you should define this macro to
1588@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_delta}.
1589
1590In general, you should not have to define this macro. On architectures
1591in which function addresses are always even, according to
1592@code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}, GCC will automatically define this macro to
1593@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_pfn}.
1594@end defmac
1595
1596@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS
1597Normally, the C++ compiler uses function pointers in vtables. This
1598macro allows the target to change to use ``function descriptors''
1599instead. Function descriptors are found on targets for whom a
1600function pointer is actually a small data structure. Normally the
1601data structure consists of the actual code address plus a data
1602pointer to which the function's data is relative.
1603
1604If vtables are used, the value of this macro should be the number
1605of words that the function descriptor occupies.
1606@end defmac
1607
1608@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN
1609By default, the vtable entries are void pointers, the so the alignment
1610is the same as pointer alignment. The value of this macro specifies
1611the alignment of the vtable entry in bits. It should be defined only
1612when special alignment is necessary. */
1613@end defmac
1614
1615@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_DATA_ENTRY_DISTANCE
1616There are a few non-descriptor entries in the vtable at offsets below
1617zero. If these entries must be padded (say, to preserve the alignment
1618specified by @code{TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN}), set this to the number
1619of words in each data entry.
1620@end defmac
1621
1622@node Registers
1623@section Register Usage
1624@cindex register usage
1625
1626This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine
1627has, and how (in general) they can be used.
1628
1629The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is
1630done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}. For information
1631on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}.
1632For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}.
1633For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}.
1634
1635@menu
1636* Register Basics:: Number and kinds of registers.
1637* Allocation Order:: Order in which registers are allocated.
1638* Values in Registers:: What kinds of values each reg can hold.
1639* Leaf Functions:: Renumbering registers for leaf functions.
1640* Stack Registers:: Handling a register stack such as 80387.
1641@end menu
1642
1643@node Register Basics
1644@subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers
1645
1646@c prevent bad page break with this line
1647Registers have various characteristics.
1648
1649@defmac FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1650Number of hardware registers known to the compiler. They receive
1651numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first
1652pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
1653@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
1654@end defmac
1655
1656@defmac FIXED_REGISTERS
1657@cindex fixed register
1658An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
1659all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
1660general allocation. These would include the stack pointer, the frame
1661pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
1662register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
1663machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
1664and any other numbered register with a standard use.
1665
1666This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
1667commas and surrounded by braces. The @var{n}th number is 1 if
1668register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise.
1669
1670The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
1671the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
1672by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by
1673the user with the command options @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},
1674@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}.
1675@end defmac
1676
1677@defmac CALL_USED_REGISTERS
1678@cindex call-used register
1679@cindex call-clobbered register
1680@cindex call-saved register
1681Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is
1682clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
1683registers. This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
1684available for general allocation of values that must live across
1685function calls.
1686
1687If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler
1688automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
1689exit, if the register is used within the function.
d7fb4c31
RS
1690
1691Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}
1692must be defined. Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.
38f8b050
JR
1693@end defmac
1694
1695@defmac CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS
1696@cindex call-used register
1697@cindex call-clobbered register
1698@cindex call-saved register
1699Like @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} except this macro doesn't require
1700that the entire set of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} be included.
1701(@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} must be a superset of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}).
d7fb4c31
RS
1702
1703Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}
1704must be defined. Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.
38f8b050
JR
1705@end defmac
1706
002ffd3c
RS
1707@cindex call-used register
1708@cindex call-clobbered register
1709@cindex call-saved register
1710@hook TARGET_FNTYPE_ABI
1711
5a5a3bc5
RS
1712@hook TARGET_INSN_CALLEE_ABI
1713
38f8b050
JR
1714@cindex call-used register
1715@cindex call-clobbered register
1716@cindex call-saved register
80ec73f4 1717@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED
38f8b050 1718
e8cecccc
ML
1719@hook TARGET_GET_MULTILIB_ABI_NAME
1720
38f8b050
JR
1721@findex fixed_regs
1722@findex call_used_regs
1723@findex global_regs
1724@findex reg_names
1725@findex reg_class_contents
5efd84c5 1726@hook TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
38f8b050
JR
1727
1728@defmac INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out})
1729Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1730expression returns the register number as seen by the called function
1731corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling
1732function. Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an
1733outbound register.
1734@end defmac
1735
1736@defmac OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in})
1737Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1738expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function
1739corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called
1740function. Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound
1741register.
1742@end defmac
1743
1744@defmac LOCAL_REGNO (@var{regno})
1745Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1746expression returns true if the register is call-saved but is in the
1747register window. Unlike most call-saved registers, such registers
1748need not be explicitly restored on function exit or during non-local
1749gotos.
1750@end defmac
1751
1752@defmac PC_REGNUM
1753If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
1754register number. Otherwise, do not define it.
1755@end defmac
1756
1757@node Allocation Order
1758@subsection Order of Allocation of Registers
1759@cindex order of register allocation
1760@cindex register allocation order
1761
1762@c prevent bad page break with this line
1763Registers are allocated in order.
1764
1765@defmac REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1766If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
1767numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer
1768to use them (from most preferred to least).
1769
1770If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
1771(all else being equal).
1772
1773One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
1774registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
1775instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers. On such
1776machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists
1777the highest numbered allocable register first.
1778@end defmac
1779
1780@defmac ADJUST_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1781A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate
1782hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block.
1783
1784Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}.
1785Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next
1786register; and so on.
1787
1788The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of
1789@code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro.
1790
1791On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1792@end defmac
1793
1794@defmac HONOR_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1795Normally, IRA tries to estimate the costs for saving a register in the
1796prologue and restoring it in the epilogue. This discourages it from
1797using call-saved registers. If a machine wants to ensure that IRA
1798allocates registers in the order given by REG_ALLOC_ORDER even if some
ed15c598
KC
1799call-saved registers appear earlier than call-used ones, then define this
1800macro as a C expression to nonzero. Default is 0.
38f8b050
JR
1801@end defmac
1802
1803@defmac IRA_HARD_REGNO_ADD_COST_MULTIPLIER (@var{regno})
1804In some case register allocation order is not enough for the
1805Integrated Register Allocator (@acronym{IRA}) to generate a good code.
1806If this macro is defined, it should return a floating point value
1807based on @var{regno}. The cost of using @var{regno} for a pseudo will
1808be increased by approximately the pseudo's usage frequency times the
1809value returned by this macro. Not defining this macro is equivalent
1810to having it always return @code{0.0}.
1811
1812On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1813@end defmac
1814
1815@node Values in Registers
1816@subsection How Values Fit in Registers
1817
1818This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values
1819(specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many
1820consecutive registers are needed for a given mode.
1821
c43f4279 1822@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS
38f8b050
JR
1823
1824@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1825A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode @var{mode}, stored
1826in memory, ends with padding that causes it to take up more space than
1827in registers starting at register number @var{regno} (as determined by
1828multiplying GCC's notion of the size of the register when containing
1829this mode by the number of registers returned by
c43f4279 1830@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}). By default this is zero.
38f8b050
JR
1831
1832For example, if a floating-point value is stored in three 32-bit
1833registers but takes up 128 bits in memory, then this would be
1834nonzero.
1835
1836This macros only needs to be defined if there are cases where
1837@code{subreg_get_info}
1838would otherwise wrongly determine that a @code{subreg} can be
1839represented by an offset to the register number, when in fact such a
1840@code{subreg} would contain some of the padding not stored in
1841registers and so not be representable.
1842@end defmac
1843
1844@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1845For values of @var{regno} and @var{mode} for which
1846@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING} returns nonzero, a C expression
1847returning the greater number of registers required to hold the value
1848including any padding. In the example above, the value would be four.
1849@end defmac
1850
1851@defmac REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (@var{mode})
1852Define this macro if the natural size of registers that hold values
1853of mode @var{mode} is not the word size. It is a C expression that
1854should give the natural size in bytes for the specified mode. It is
1855used by the register allocator to try to optimize its results. This
1856happens for example on SPARC 64-bit where the natural size of
1857floating-point registers is still 32-bit.
1858@end defmac
1859
f939c3e6 1860@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
38f8b050
JR
1861
1862@defmac HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK (@var{from}, @var{to})
1863A C expression that is nonzero if it is OK to rename a hard register
1864@var{from} to another hard register @var{to}.
1865
1866One common use of this macro is to prevent renaming of a register to
1867another register that is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt
1868handler.
1869
1870The default is always nonzero.
1871@end defmac
1872
99e1629f 1873@hook TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P
38f8b050
JR
1874
1875@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_SCRATCH_OK
38f8b050
JR
1876
1877@defmac AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
1878Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from @code{CCmode}
1879registers. You should only define this macro if support for copying to/from
1880@code{CCmode} is incomplete.
1881@end defmac
1882
1883@node Leaf Functions
1884@subsection Handling Leaf Functions
1885
1886@cindex leaf functions
1887@cindex functions, leaf
1888On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run
1889more efficiently if it does not make its own register window. Often this
1890means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they
1891are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would
1892normally arrive.
1893
1894The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when
1895other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those
1896registers for its own variables and temporaries. We use the term ``leaf
1897function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special
1898handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf
1899functions''.
1900
1901GCC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is
1902suitable for leaf function treatment. So it needs to renumber the
1903registers in order to output a leaf function. The following macros
1904accomplish this.
1905
1906@defmac LEAF_REGISTERS
1907Name of a char vector, indexed by hard register number, which
1908contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
1909function treatment.
1910
1911If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the
1912registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that
1913GCC would ordinarily allocate. The registers which will actually be
1914used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1
1915in this vector.
1916
1917Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize
1918the treatment of leaf functions.
1919@end defmac
1920
1921@defmac LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno})
1922A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno}
1923should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function.
1924
1925If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf
1926function before renumbering, then the expression should yield @minus{}1, which
1927will cause the compiler to abort.
1928
1929Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the
1930treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do
1931this.
1932@end defmac
1933
1934@findex current_function_is_leaf
1935@findex current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
1936@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and
1937@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must usually treat leaf functions
1938specially. They can test the C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf}
1939which is nonzero for leaf functions. @code{current_function_is_leaf} is
1940set prior to local register allocation and is valid for the remaining
1941compiler passes. They can also test the C variable
1942@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} which is nonzero for leaf
1943functions which only use leaf registers.
1944@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is valid after all passes
1945that modify the instructions have been run and is only useful if
1946@code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is defined.
1947@c changed this to fix overfull. ALSO: why the "it" at the beginning
1948@c of the next paragraph?! --mew 2feb93
1949
1950@node Stack Registers
1951@subsection Registers That Form a Stack
1952
1953There are special features to handle computers where some of the
1954``registers'' form a stack. Stack registers are normally written by
1955pushing onto the stack, and are numbered relative to the top of the
1956stack.
1957
1958Currently, GCC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and
1959they must be consecutively numbered. Furthermore, the existing
1960support for stack-like registers is specific to the 80387 floating
1961point coprocessor. If you have a new architecture that uses
1962stack-like registers, you will need to do substantial work on
1963@file{reg-stack.c} and write your machine description to cooperate
1964with it, as well as defining these macros.
1965
1966@defmac STACK_REGS
1967Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers.
1968@end defmac
1969
1970@defmac STACK_REG_COVER_CLASS
1971This is a cover class containing the stack registers. Define this if
1972the machine has any stack-like registers.
1973@end defmac
1974
1975@defmac FIRST_STACK_REG
1976The number of the first stack-like register. This one is the top
1977of the stack.
1978@end defmac
1979
1980@defmac LAST_STACK_REG
1981The number of the last stack-like register. This one is the bottom of
1982the stack.
1983@end defmac
1984
1985@node Register Classes
1986@section Register Classes
1987@cindex register class definitions
1988@cindex class definitions, register
1989
1990On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent.
1991For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing;
1992certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions. These machine
1993restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}.
1994
1995You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying
1996which of the registers belong to it. Then you can specify register classes
1997that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns.
1998
1999@findex ALL_REGS
2000@findex NO_REGS
2001In general, each register will belong to several classes. In fact, one
2002class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers. Another
2003class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers. Often the
2004union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required.
2005
2006@findex GENERAL_REGS
2007One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}. There is nothing
2008terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters
2009@samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class. If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is
2010the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands
2011to @code{ALL_REGS}.
2012
2013Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y}
2014then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}.
2015
2016The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand
2017constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters.
2018You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use
2019them in operand constraints.
2020
6049a4c8
HPN
2021You must define the narrowest register classes for allocatable
2022registers, so that each class either has no subclasses, or that for
2023some mode, the move cost between registers within the class is
2024cheaper than moving a register in the class to or from memory
2025(@pxref{Costs}).
2026
38f8b050
JR
2027You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some
2028instruction allows both classes. For example, if an instruction allows
2029either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a
2030certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS}
b899fd78
JR
2031which includes both of them. Otherwise you will get suboptimal code,
2032or even internal compiler errors when reload cannot find a register in the
dd5a833e 2033class computed via @code{reg_class_subunion}.
38f8b050
JR
2034
2035You must also specify certain redundant information about the register
2036classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are
2037contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained
2038in their union.
2039
2040When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a
2041certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class.
2042Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for
2043a register pair to start with an even-numbered register. The way to
f939c3e6 2044specify this requirement is with @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.
38f8b050
JR
2045
2046Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift
2047instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for
2048each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that
2049mode to or from memory. For example, on some machines, the operations for
2050single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers. When
2051this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift
2052instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which
2053single-byte values can be loaded or stored. This is so that
2054@code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return.
2055
2056@deftp {Data type} {enum reg_class}
2057An enumerated type that must be defined with all the register class names
2058as enumerated values. @code{NO_REGS} must be first. @code{ALL_REGS}
2059must be the last register class, followed by one more enumerated value,
2060@code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather
2061tells how many classes there are.
2062
2063Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
2064the class name to type @code{int}. The number serves as an index
2065in many of the tables described below.
2066@end deftp
2067
2068@defmac N_REG_CLASSES
2069The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
2070
2071@smallexample
2072#define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
2073@end smallexample
2074@end defmac
2075
2076@defmac REG_CLASS_NAMES
2077An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
2078constants. These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
2079@end defmac
2080
2081@defmac REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
2082An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
2083which are bit masks. The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class
2084@var{n}. The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that
2085register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1.
2086
2087When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
2088Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
2089several integers. Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
2090for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}.
2091In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to
2092registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and
2093so on.
2094@end defmac
2095
2096@defmac REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno})
2097A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
2098@var{regno}. In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
2099which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
2100register.
2101@end defmac
2102
2103@defmac BASE_REG_CLASS
2104A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2105base register must belong. A base register is one used in an address
2106which is the register value plus a displacement.
2107@end defmac
2108
2109@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2110This is a variation of the @code{BASE_REG_CLASS} macro which allows
2111the selection of a base register in a mode dependent manner. If
2112@var{mode} is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as
2113@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}.
2114@end defmac
2115
2116@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2117A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2118base register must belong in order to be used in a base plus index
2119register address. You should define this macro if base plus index
2120addresses have different requirements than other base register uses.
2121@end defmac
2122
86fc3d06 2123@defmac MODE_CODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
38f8b050 2124A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
86fc3d06
UW
2125base register for a memory reference in mode @var{mode} to address
2126space @var{address_space} must belong. @var{outer_code} and @var{index_code}
2127define the context in which the base register occurs. @var{outer_code} is
2128the code of the immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} for the top level
2129of an address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
38f8b050
JR
2130@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the corresponding
2131index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS}; @code{SCRATCH} otherwise.
2132@end defmac
2133
2134@defmac INDEX_REG_CLASS
2135A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2136index register must belong. An index register is one used in an
2137address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
2138added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
2139@end defmac
2140
2141@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num})
2142A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2143suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses.
38f8b050
JR
2144@end defmac
2145
2146@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2147A C expression that is just like @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that
2148that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in
2149@var{mode}. You should define this macro if the mode of the memory
2150reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register. If
2151you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of
2152@code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for
2153addresses that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an
2154@code{address_operand}.
38f8b050
JR
2155@end defmac
2156
2157@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2158A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is suitable for
2159use as a base register in base plus index operand addresses, accessing
2160memory in mode @var{mode}. It may be either a suitable hard register or a
2161pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register. You should
2162define this macro if base plus index addresses have different requirements
2163than other base register uses.
2164
2165Use of this macro is deprecated; please use the more general
2166@code{REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.
38f8b050
JR
2167@end defmac
2168
86fc3d06
UW
2169@defmac REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2170A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2171suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses, accessing
2172memory in mode @var{mode} in address space @var{address_space}.
2173This is similar to @code{REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except
38f8b050
JR
2174that that expression may examine the context in which the register
2175appears in the memory reference. @var{outer_code} is the code of the
2176immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} if at the top level of the
2177address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2178@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the
2179corresponding index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS};
2180@code{SCRATCH} otherwise. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for addresses
2181that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an @code{address_operand}.
38f8b050
JR
2182@end defmac
2183
2184@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num})
2185A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2186suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses. It may be
2187either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
2188allocated such a hard register.
2189
2190The difference between an index register and a base register is that
2191the index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of
2192two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
2193labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
2194labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
2195may serve in each capacity. The compiler will try both labelings,
2196looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
2197only if neither labeling works.
38f8b050
JR
2198@end defmac
2199
5f286f4a
YQ
2200@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS
2201
fba42e24 2202@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
fba42e24 2203
38f8b050
JR
2204@defmac PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class})
2205A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2206to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class
2207@var{class}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps
2208another, smaller class. On many machines, the following definition is
2209safe:
2210
2211@smallexample
2212#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
2213@end smallexample
2214
2215Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For
2216example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range
2217for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always
2218@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers.
2219Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.
2220
2221One case where @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return
2222@var{class} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be
2223loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can
2224force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load
2225immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an
2226instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point
2227register, so @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when
fd250f0d 2228@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant cannot be loaded
38f8b050 2229into any kind of register, code generation will be better if
1a627b35
RS
2230@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead
2231of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.
38f8b050
JR
2232
2233If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go
2234through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}
2235to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes
2236reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses
2237this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in
2238the SSE registers (and vice versa).
2239@end defmac
2240
abd26bfb 2241@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
abd26bfb 2242
38f8b050
JR
2243@defmac LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class})
2244A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2245to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode
2246@var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would
2247ordinarily be used.
2248
2249Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when
fd250f0d 2250there are certain modes that simply cannot go in certain reload classes.
38f8b050
JR
2251
2252The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another,
2253smaller class.
2254
2255Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which
2256require the macro to do something nontrivial.
2257@end defmac
2258
2259@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
38f8b050
JR
2260
2261@defmac SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2262@defmacx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2263@defmacx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2264These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
2265@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD} instead.
2266
2267These are obsolete macros, replaced by the @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD}
2268target hook. Older ports still define these macros to indicate to the
2269reload phase that it may
2270need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the
2271register to contain the data. Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a
2272register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register,
2273you were supposed to define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the
2274largest register class all of whose registers can be used as
2275intermediate registers or scratch registers.
2276
2277If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an
2278intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS}
2279was supposed to be defined be defined to return the largest register
2280class required. If the
2281requirements for input and output reloads were the same, the macro
2282@code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should have been used instead of defining both
2283macros identically.
2284
2285The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}.
2286Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x}
2287can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in
2288@var{mode} without requiring a scratch register. Do not define this
2289macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}.
2290
2291If a scratch register is required (either with or without an
2292intermediate register), you were supposed to define patterns for
2293@samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required
2294(@pxref{Standard Names}. These patterns, which were normally
2295implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the
2296@samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch
2297register.
2298
2299These patterns need constraints for the reload register and scratch
2300register that
2301contain a single register class. If the original reload register (whose
2302class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the
2303value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch
2304register. Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required.
2305Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern.
2306
2307@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a
2308pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.
2309Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is
2310in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.
2311
2312These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of
2313registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of
2314registers. In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and
2315would not be helpful. Instead, a stack location must be used to perform
2316the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as an
2317intermediate storage. This case often occurs between floating-point and
2318general registers.
2319@end defmac
2320
f15643d4 2321@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
38f8b050
JR
2322
2323@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode})
f15643d4 2324Normally when @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler
38f8b050
JR
2325allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies.
2326If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location
2327defined by this macro.
2328
2329Do not define this macro if you do not define
f15643d4 2330@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}.
38f8b050
JR
2331@end defmac
2332
94e23f53 2333@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE
38f8b050 2334
5cce8171
RS
2335@hook TARGET_SELECT_EARLY_REMAT_MODES
2336
07b8f0a8 2337@hook TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
a8c44c52
AS
2338
2339@hook TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS
07b8f0a8 2340
38f8b050
JR
2341@defmac CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})
2342A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
2343of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.
2344
c43f4279 2345This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,
38f8b050 2346the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})}
c43f4279 2347should be the maximum value of @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno},
38f8b050
JR
2348@var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}.
2349
2350This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
2351in the reload pass.
2352@end defmac
2353
0d803030 2354@hook TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
38f8b050 2355
5074a1f8
VM
2356@hook TARGET_IRA_CHANGE_PSEUDO_ALLOCNO_CLASS
2357
55a2c322
VM
2358@hook TARGET_LRA_P
2359
2360@hook TARGET_REGISTER_PRIORITY
2361
3b9ceb4b
VM
2362@hook TARGET_REGISTER_USAGE_LEVELING_P
2363
55a2c322
VM
2364@hook TARGET_DIFFERENT_ADDR_DISPLACEMENT_P
2365
d6220b11
KK
2366@hook TARGET_CANNOT_SUBSTITUTE_MEM_EQUIV_P
2367
14133a4d
KK
2368@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS_DISPLACEMENT
2369
55a2c322
VM
2370@hook TARGET_SPILL_CLASS
2371
e93f30a6
VM
2372@hook TARGET_ADDITIONAL_ALLOCNO_CLASS_P
2373
42e37616
DM
2374@hook TARGET_CSTORE_MODE
2375
b4ff394c
PH
2376@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_PRESSURE_CLASSES
2377
38f8b050
JR
2378@node Stack and Calling
2379@section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions
2380@cindex calling conventions
2381
2382@c prevent bad page break with this line
2383This describes the stack layout and calling conventions.
2384
2385@menu
2386* Frame Layout::
2387* Exception Handling::
2388* Stack Checking::
2389* Frame Registers::
2390* Elimination::
2391* Stack Arguments::
2392* Register Arguments::
2393* Scalar Return::
2394* Aggregate Return::
2395* Caller Saves::
2396* Function Entry::
2397* Profiling::
2398* Tail Calls::
20a6ece0 2399* Shrink-wrapping separate components::
38f8b050 2400* Stack Smashing Protection::
aaeaa9a9 2401* Miscellaneous Register Hooks::
38f8b050
JR
2402@end menu
2403
2404@node Frame Layout
2405@subsection Basic Stack Layout
2406@cindex stack frame layout
2407@cindex frame layout
2408
2409@c prevent bad page break with this line
2410Here is the basic stack layout.
2411
2412@defmac STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
62f9f30b
TS
2413Define this macro to be true if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
2414pointer to a smaller address, and false otherwise.
38f8b050
JR
2415@end defmac
2416
2417@defmac STACK_PUSH_CODE
2418This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed
2419on the stack. In RTL, a push operation will be
2420@code{(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) @dots{})}
2421
2422The choices are @code{PRE_DEC}, @code{POST_DEC}, @code{PRE_INC},
2423and @code{POST_INC}. Which of these is correct depends on
2424the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points
2425to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the
2426space for the next item on the stack.
2427
2428The default is @code{PRE_DEC} when @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is
62f9f30b 2429true, which is almost always right, and @code{PRE_INC} otherwise,
38f8b050
JR
2430which is often wrong.
2431@end defmac
2432
2433@defmac FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2434Define this macro to nonzero value if the addresses of local variable slots
2435are at negative offsets from the frame pointer.
2436@end defmac
2437
2438@defmac ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
2439Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing
2440addresses on the stack.
2441@end defmac
2442
2a31c321 2443@hook TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET
38f8b050
JR
2444
2445@defmac STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED
2446Define to zero to disable final alignment of the stack during reload.
2447The nonzero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2448
2a31c321 2449On ports where @code{TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET} is nonzero or where there
38f8b050
JR
2450is a register save block following the local block that doesn't require
2451alignment to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, it may be beneficial to disable
2452stack alignment and do it in the backend.
2453@end defmac
2454
2455@defmac STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
2456Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
2457outgoing arguments are placed. If not specified, the default value of
2458zero is used. This is the proper value for most machines.
2459
2460If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2461the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed.
2462@end defmac
2463
2464@defmac FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2465Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's
2466address. On some machines it may depend on the data type of the
2467function.
2468
2469If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2470the first argument's address.
2471@end defmac
2472
2473@defmac STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2474Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated
2475on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}.
2476
2477The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the
2478length of the outgoing arguments. The default is correct for most
2479machines. See @file{function.c} for details.
2480@end defmac
2481
2482@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_ADDRESS_RTX
2483A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address of the initial
2484stack frame. This address is passed to @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and
2485@code{DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS}. If you don't define this macro, a reasonable
2486default value will be used. Define this macro in order to make frame pointer
2487elimination work in the presence of @code{__builtin_frame_address (count)} and
2488@code{__builtin_return_address (count)} for @code{count} not equal to zero.
2489@end defmac
2490
2491@defmac DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr})
2492A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack
2493frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored. Assume that
2494@var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame
2495itself.
2496
2497If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
2498of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the
2499address of the stack word that points to the previous frame.
2500@end defmac
2501
2502@defmac SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES
baf37960 2503A C expression that produces the machine-specific code to
38f8b050
JR
2504setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed. For example,
2505on the SPARC, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack
2506before we can access arbitrary stack frames. You will seldom need to
baf37960 2507define this macro. The default is to do nothing.
38f8b050
JR
2508@end defmac
2509
2510@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE
38f8b050
JR
2511
2512@defmac FRAME_ADDR_RTX (@var{frameaddr})
2513A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the frame
2514address for the current frame. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer
2515of the current frame. This is used for __builtin_frame_address.
2516You need only define this macro if the frame address is not the same
2517as the frame pointer. Most machines do not need to define it.
2518@end defmac
2519
2520@defmac RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr})
2521A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
2522address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame, after
2523the prologue. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count}
2524frame, or the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if
2e612c47 2525@code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is nonzero.
38f8b050
JR
2526
2527The value of the expression must always be the correct address when
2528@var{count} is zero, but may be @code{NULL_RTX} if there is no way to
2529determine the return address of other frames.
2530@end defmac
2531
2532@defmac RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
2e612c47
MF
2533Define this macro to nonzero value if the return address of a particular
2534stack frame is accessed from the frame pointer of the previous stack
2535frame. The zero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
38f8b050
JR
2536@end defmac
2537
2538@defmac INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
2539A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the
2540incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the
2541prologue. This RTL is either a @code{REG}, indicating that the return
2542value is saved in @samp{REG}, or a @code{MEM} representing a location in
2543the stack.
2544
2545You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2546debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2547
2548If this RTL is a @code{REG}, you should also define
2549@code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO)}.
2550@end defmac
2551
2552@defmac DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
2553A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 column
2554number that may be used as an alternative return column. The column
2555must not correspond to any gcc hard register (that is, it must not
2556be in the range of @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM}).
2557
2558This macro can be useful if @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} is set to a
2559general register, but an alternative column needs to be used for signal
2560frames. Some targets have also used different frame return columns
2561over time.
2562@end defmac
2563
2564@defmac DWARF_ZERO_REG
2565A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 register
2566number that is considered to always have the value zero. This should
2567only be defined if the target has an architected zero register, and
2568someone decided it was a good idea to use that register number to
2569terminate the stack backtrace. New ports should avoid this.
2570@end defmac
2571
2572@hook TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC
38f8b050 2573
74c74aa0
RS
2574@hook TARGET_DWARF_POLY_INDETERMINATE_VALUE
2575
38f8b050
JR
2576@defmac INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2577A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2578from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack
2579frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue. The top of
2580the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the
2581previous frame, just before the call instruction.
2582
2583You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2584debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2585@end defmac
2586
26fc730d
JJ
2587@defmac DEFAULT_INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2588Like @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}, but must be the same for all
2589functions of the same ABI, and when using GAS @code{.cfi_*} directives
2590must also agree with the default CFI GAS emits. Define this macro
2591only if @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} can have different values
2592between different functions of the same ABI or when
2593@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} does not agree with GAS default CFI.
2594@end defmac
2595
38f8b050
JR
2596@defmac ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2597A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2598from the argument pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa). The
2599final value should coincide with that calculated by
2600@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}. Which is unfortunately not usable
2601during virtual register instantiation.
2602
2603The default value for this macro is
2604@code{FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fundecl) + crtl->args.pretend_args_size},
2605which is correct for most machines; in general, the arguments are found
2606immediately before the stack frame. Note that this is not the case on
2607some targets that save registers into the caller's frame, such as SPARC
2608and rs6000, and so such targets need to define this macro.
2609
2610You only need to define this macro if the default is incorrect, and you
2611want to support call frame debugging information like that provided by
2612DWARF 2.
2613@end defmac
2614
2615@defmac FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2616If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2617in bytes from the frame pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).
2618The final value should coincide with that calculated by
2619@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.
2620
2621Normally the CFA is calculated as an offset from the argument pointer,
2622via @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}, but if the argument pointer is
2623variable due to the ABI, this may not be possible. If this macro is
2624defined, it implies that the virtual register instantiation should be
2625based on the frame pointer instead of the argument pointer. Only one
2626of @code{FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET} and @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}
2627should be defined.
2628@end defmac
2629
2630@defmac CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2631If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2632in bytes from the canonical frame address (cfa) to the frame base used
2633in DWARF 2 debug information. The default is zero. A different value
2634may reduce the size of debug information on some ports.
2635@end defmac
2636
2637@node Exception Handling
2638@subsection Exception Handling Support
2639@cindex exception handling
2640
2641@defmac EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (@var{N})
2642A C expression whose value is the @var{N}th register number used for
2643data by exception handlers, or @code{INVALID_REGNUM} if fewer than
2644@var{N} registers are usable.
2645
2646The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception
2647handlers via a set of agreed upon registers. Ideally these registers
2648should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers,
2649but may negatively impact code size. The target must support at least
26502 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers.
2651
2652You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception
2653handling like that provided by DWARF 2.
2654@end defmac
2655
2656@defmac EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
2657A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2658to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return.
2659This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame.
2660It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally.
2661
2662Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise
2663untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot.
2664
2665Do not define this macro if the stack pointer is saved and restored
2666by the regular prolog and epilog code in the call frame itself; in
2667this case, the exception handling library routines will update the
2668stack location to be restored in place. Otherwise, you must define
2669this macro if you want to support call frame exception handling like
2670that provided by DWARF 2.
2671@end defmac
2672
2673@defmac EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX
2674A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2675to store the address of an exception handler to which we should
2676return. It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally.
2677
2678Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal
2679return address is stored. For targets that return by popping an
2680address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below
2681the @emph{target} call frame rather than inside the current call
2682frame. If defined, @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX} will have already
2683been assigned, so it may be used to calculate the location of the
2684target call frame.
2685
2686Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an
2687address calculable during initial code generation. In that case
2688the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern should be used instead.
2689
2690If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must
2691define either this macro or the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern.
2692@end defmac
2693
2694@defmac RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET
2695If defined, an integer-valued C expression for which rtl will be generated
2696to add it to the exception handler address before it is searched in the
2697exception handling tables, and to subtract it again from the address before
2698using it to return to the exception handler.
2699@end defmac
2700
2701@defmac ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (@var{code}, @var{global})
2702This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the exception
2703handling sections. If at all possible, this should be defined such
2704that the exception handling section will not require dynamic relocations,
2705and so may be read-only.
2706
2707@var{code} is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function pointers.
2708@var{global} is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic relocations.
2709The macro should return a combination of the @code{DW_EH_PE_*} defines
2710as found in @file{dwarf2.h}.
2711
2712If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but
2713represented directly.
2714@end defmac
2715
2716@defmac ASM_MAYBE_OUTPUT_ENCODED_ADDR_RTX (@var{file}, @var{encoding}, @var{size}, @var{addr}, @var{done})
2717This macro allows the target to emit whatever special magic is required
2718to represent the encoding chosen by @code{ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT}.
2719Generic code takes care of pc-relative and indirect encodings; this must
2720be defined if the target uses text-relative or data-relative encodings.
2721
2722This is a C statement that branches to @var{done} if the format was
2723handled. @var{encoding} is the format chosen, @var{size} is the number
2724of bytes that the format occupies, @var{addr} is the @code{SYMBOL_REF}
2725to be emitted.
2726@end defmac
2727
38f8b050
JR
2728@defmac MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2729This macro allows the target to add CPU and operating system specific
2730code to the call-frame unwinder for use when there is no unwind data
2731available. The most common reason to implement this macro is to unwind
2732through signal frames.
2733
2734This macro is called from @code{uw_frame_state_for} in
2735@file{unwind-dw2.c}, @file{unwind-dw2-xtensa.c} and
2736@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2737@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{context->ra}
2738for the address of the code being executed and @code{context->cfa} for
2739the stack pointer value. If the frame can be decoded, the register
2740save addresses should be updated in @var{fs} and the macro should
2741evaluate to @code{_URC_NO_REASON}. If the frame cannot be decoded,
2742the macro should evaluate to @code{_URC_END_OF_STACK}.
2743
2744For proper signal handling in Java this macro is accompanied by
2745@code{MAKE_THROW_FRAME}, defined in @file{libjava/include/*-signal.h} headers.
2746@end defmac
2747
2748@defmac MD_HANDLE_UNWABI (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2749This macro allows the target to add operating system specific code to the
2750call-frame unwinder to handle the IA-64 @code{.unwabi} unwinding directive,
2751usually used for signal or interrupt frames.
2752
0c93ed52
SB
2753This macro is called from @code{uw_update_context} in libgcc's
2754@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
38f8b050
JR
2755@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{fs->unwabi}
2756for the abi and context in the @code{.unwabi} directive. If the
2757@code{.unwabi} directive can be handled, the register save addresses should
2758be updated in @var{fs}.
2759@end defmac
2760
2761@defmac TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2762A C expression that evaluates to true if the target requires unwind
2763info to be given comdat linkage. Define it to be @code{1} if comdat
2764linkage is necessary. The default is @code{0}.
2765@end defmac
2766
2767@node Stack Checking
2768@subsection Specifying How Stack Checking is Done
2769
2770GCC will check that stack references are within the boundaries of the
2771stack, if the option @option{-fstack-check} is specified, in one of
2772three ways:
2773
2774@enumerate
2775@item
2776If the value of the @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC
2777will assume that you have arranged for full stack checking to be done
2778at appropriate places in the configuration files. GCC will not do
2779other special processing.
2780
2781@item
2782If @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} is zero and the value of the
2783@code{STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC will assume
2784that you have arranged for static stack checking (checking of the
2785static stack frame of functions) to be done at appropriate places
2786in the configuration files. GCC will only emit code to do dynamic
2787stack checking (checking on dynamic stack allocations) using the third
2788approach below.
2789
2790@item
2791If neither of the above are true, GCC will generate code to periodically
2792``probe'' the stack pointer using the values of the macros defined below.
2793@end enumerate
2794
2795If neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined,
2796GCC will change its allocation strategy for large objects if the option
2797@option{-fstack-check} is specified: they will always be allocated
2798dynamically if their size exceeds @code{STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE} bytes.
2799
2800@defmac STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2801A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a
2802machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if stack checking
2803is required by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to do stack
2804checking in some more efficient way than the generic approach. The default
2805value of this macro is zero.
2806@end defmac
2807
2808@defmac STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN
2809A nonzero value if static stack checking is done by the configuration files
2810in a machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if you would
2811like to do static stack checking in some more efficient way than the generic
2812approach. The default value of this macro is zero.
2813@end defmac
2814
2815@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL_EXP
2816An integer specifying the interval at which GCC must generate stack probe
2817instructions, defined as 2 raised to this integer. You will normally
2818define this macro so that the interval be no larger than the size of
2819the ``guard pages'' at the end of a stack area. The default value
2820of 12 (4096-byte interval) is suitable for most systems.
2821@end defmac
2822
2823@defmac STACK_CHECK_MOVING_SP
2824An integer which is nonzero if GCC should move the stack pointer page by page
2825when doing probes. This can be necessary on systems where the stack pointer
2826contains the bottom address of the memory area accessible to the executing
2827thread at any point in time. In this situation an alternate signal stack
2828is required in order to be able to recover from a stack overflow. The
2829default value of this macro is zero.
2830@end defmac
2831
2832@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROTECT
2833The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, for
c55721c0 2834languages where such a recovery is supported. The default value of 4KB/8KB
38f8b050 2835with the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism and
c55721c0
EB
28368KB/12KB with other exception handling mechanisms should be adequate for most
2837architectures and operating systems.
38f8b050
JR
2838@end defmac
2839
2840The following macros are relevant only if neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2841nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined; you can omit them altogether
2842in the opposite case.
2843
2844@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE
2845The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes. GCC will generate probe
2846instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of
2847stack are available. If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack
2848checking will not be reliable and GCC will issue a warning. The
2849default is chosen so that GCC only generates one instruction on most
2850systems. You should normally not change the default value of this macro.
2851@end defmac
2852
2853@defmac STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE
2854GCC uses this value to generate the above warning message. It
2855represents the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including
2856space for any callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables.
2857You need only specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally
2858use the default of four words.
2859@end defmac
2860
2861@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE
2862The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GCC will place in the
2863fixed area of the stack frame when the user specifies
2864@option{-fstack-check}.
2865GCC computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will
2866normally not need to override that default.
2867@end defmac
2868
2c25083e 2869@hook TARGET_STACK_CLASH_PROTECTION_ALLOCA_PROBE_RANGE
8c1dd970 2870
38f8b050
JR
2871@need 2000
2872@node Frame Registers
2873@subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame
2874
2875@c prevent bad page break with this line
2876This discusses registers that address the stack frame.
2877
2878@defmac STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2879The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a
2880fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}. On most machines,
2881the hardware determines which register this is.
2882@end defmac
2883
2884@defmac FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2885The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to
2886access automatic variables in the stack frame. On some machines, the
2887hardware determines which register this is. On other machines, you can
2888choose any register you wish for this purpose.
2889@end defmac
2890
2891@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2892On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting
2893offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register
2894allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are
2895between these two locations). On those machines, define
2896@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to
2897be used internally until the offset is known, and define
2898@code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be the actual hard register number
2899used for the frame pointer.
2900
2901You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it
2902is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and
2903the automatic variables until after register allocation has been
2904completed. When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your
2905definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate
2906@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}
2907or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}.
2908
2909Do not define this macro if it would be the same as
2910@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}.
2911@end defmac
2912
2913@defmac ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
2914The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access
2915the function's argument list. On some machines, this is the same as the
2916frame pointer register. On some machines, the hardware determines which
2917register this is. On other machines, you can choose any register you
2918wish for this purpose. If this is not the same register as the frame
2919pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to
2920@code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it
2921(@pxref{Elimination}).
2922@end defmac
2923
e3339d0f
JM
2924@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_FRAME_POINTER
2925Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
2926@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{frame_pointer_rtx} should be
2927the same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2928== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
2929definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
2930@end defmac
2931
2932@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
2933Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
2934@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{arg_pointer_rtx} should be the
2935same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM ==
2936ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
2937definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
2938@end defmac
2939
38f8b050
JR
2940@defmac RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM
2941The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to
2942access the current function's return address from the stack. On some
2943machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame
2944pointer or stack pointer or argument pointer. This register can be defined
2945to point to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by
2946@code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} into either the frame pointer or stack pointer.
2947
2948Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return
2949address from the stack.
2950@end defmac
2951
2952@defmac STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
2953@defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
2954Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer. If
2955register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called
2956function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register
2957number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}. If
2958these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need
2959not be defined.
2960
2961The static chain register need not be a fixed register.
2962
2963If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be
2964defined; instead, the @code{TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN} hook should be used.
2965@end defmac
2966
2967@hook TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN
38f8b050
JR
2968
2969@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
2970This macro specifies the maximum number of hard registers that can be
2971saved in a call frame. This is used to size data structures used in
2972DWARF2 exception handling.
2973
2974Prior to GCC 3.0, this macro was needed in order to establish a stable
2975exception handling ABI in the face of adding new hard registers for ISA
2976extensions. In GCC 3.0 and later, the EH ABI is insulated from changes
2977in the number of hard registers. Nevertheless, this macro can still be
2978used to reduce the runtime memory requirements of the exception handling
2979routines, which can be substantial if the ISA contains a lot of
2980registers that are not call-saved.
2981
2982If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
2983@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
2984@end defmac
2985
2986@defmac PRE_GCC3_DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
2987
2988This macro is similar to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}, but is provided
2989for backward compatibility in pre GCC 3.0 compiled code.
2990
2991If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
2992@code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}.
2993@end defmac
2994
2995@defmac DWARF_REG_TO_UNWIND_COLUMN (@var{regno})
2996
2997Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
2998is different than the internal representation for unwind column.
2999Given a dwarf register, this macro should return the internal unwind
3000column number to use instead.
38f8b050
JR
3001@end defmac
3002
3003@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (@var{regno})
3004
3005Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3006used in .eh_frame or .debug_frame is different from that used in other
3007debug info sections. Given a GCC hard register number, this macro
3008should return the .eh_frame register number. The default is
3009@code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})}.
3010
3011@end defmac
3012
3013@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (@var{regno}, @var{for_eh})
3014
3015Define this macro to map register numbers held in the call frame info
3016that GCC has collected using @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM} to those that
3017should be output in .debug_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is zero) and
3018.eh_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is nonzero). The default is to
3019return @code{@var{regno}}.
3020
3021@end defmac
3022
cca2207a
L
3023@defmac REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3024
3025Define this macro if the target stores register values as
3026@code{_Unwind_Word} type in unwind context. It should be defined if
3027target register size is larger than the size of @code{void *}. The
3028default is to store register values as @code{void *} type.
3029
3030@end defmac
3031
3032@defmac ASSUME_EXTENDED_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3033
3034Define this macro to be 1 if the target always uses extended unwind
3035context with version, args_size and by_value fields. If it is undefined,
3036it will be defined to 1 when @code{REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT} is
3037defined and 0 otherwise.
3038
3039@end defmac
3040
dbc3af4f
RS
3041@defmac DWARF_LAZY_REGISTER_VALUE (@var{regno}, @var{value})
3042Define this macro if the target has pseudo DWARF registers whose
3043values need to be computed lazily on demand by the unwinder (such as when
3044referenced in a CFA expression). The macro returns true if @var{regno}
3045is such a register and stores its value in @samp{*@var{value}} if so.
3046@end defmac
3047
38f8b050
JR
3048@node Elimination
3049@subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer
3050
3051@c prevent bad page break with this line
3052This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer.
3053
3054@hook TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
38f8b050 3055
38f8b050 3056@defmac ELIMINABLE_REGS
53680238
BE
3057This macro specifies a table of register pairs used to eliminate
3058unneeded registers that point into the stack frame.
38f8b050
JR
3059
3060The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each
3061of which specifies an original and replacement register.
3062
3063On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until
3064the compilation is completed. In such a case, a separate hard register
3065must be used for the argument pointer. This register can be eliminated by
3066replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer,
3067depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated.
3068
3069In this case, you might specify:
3070@smallexample
3071#define ELIMINABLE_REGS \
3072@{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3073 @{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3074 @{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@}
3075@end smallexample
3076
3077Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is
3078specified first since that is the preferred elimination.
3079@end defmac
3080
3081@hook TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
38f8b050
JR
3082
3083@defmac INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var})
53680238
BE
3084This macro returns the initial difference between the specified pair
3085of registers. The value would be computed from information
3086such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of
3087registers @code{df_regs_ever_live_p} and @code{call_used_regs}.
38f8b050
JR
3088@end defmac
3089
29eb9a44
BE
3090@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_FRAME_LAYOUT
3091
38f8b050
JR
3092@node Stack Arguments
3093@subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack
3094@cindex arguments on stack
3095@cindex stack arguments
3096
3097The macros in this section control how arguments are passed
3098on the stack. See the following section for other macros that
3099control passing certain arguments in registers.
3100
3101@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
38f8b050
JR
3102
3103@defmac PUSH_ARGS
3104A C expression. If nonzero, push insns will be used to pass
3105outgoing arguments.
3106If the target machine does not have a push instruction, set it to zero.
3107That directs GCC to use an alternate strategy: to
3108allocate the entire argument block and then store the arguments into
3109it. When @code{PUSH_ARGS} is nonzero, @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined too.
3110@end defmac
3111
3112@defmac PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
3113A C expression. If nonzero, function arguments will be evaluated from
3114last to first, rather than from first to last. If this macro is not
3115defined, it defaults to @code{PUSH_ARGS} on targets where the stack
3116and args grow in opposite directions, and 0 otherwise.
3117@end defmac
3118
3119@defmac PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed})
3120A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the
3121stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes.
3122
3123On some machines, the definition
3124
3125@smallexample
3126#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES)
3127@end smallexample
3128
3129@noindent
3130will suffice. But on other machines, instructions that appear
3131to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain
3132alignment. Then the definition should be
3133
3134@smallexample
3135#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1)
3136@end smallexample
4a6336ad 3137
64ad7c99 3138If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
38f8b050
JR
3139@end defmac
3140
29454ff5
SL
3141@findex outgoing_args_size
3142@findex crtl->outgoing_args_size
38f8b050
JR
3143@defmac ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
3144A C expression. If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments
29454ff5
SL
3145will be computed and placed into
3146@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}. No space will be pushed
38f8b050
JR
3147onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
3148increase the stack frame size by this amount.
3149
3150Setting both @code{PUSH_ARGS} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS}
3151is not proper.
3152@end defmac
3153
3154@defmac REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3155Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been
3156allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in
3157registers.
3158
3159The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for
3160arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl},
3161which can be zero if GCC is calling a library function.
3162The argument @var{fndecl} can be the FUNCTION_DECL, or the type itself
3163of the function.
3164
3165This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the
3166machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says
3167which.
3168@end defmac
3169@c above is overfull. not sure what to do. --mew 5feb93 did
3170@c something, not sure if it looks good. --mew 10feb93
3171
ddbb449f
AM
3172@defmac INCOMING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3173Like @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, but for incoming register arguments.
3174Define this macro if space guaranteed when compiling a function body
3175is different to space required when making a call, a situation that
3176can arise with K&R style function definitions.
3177@end defmac
3178
38f8b050
JR
3179@defmac OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fntype})
3180Define this to a nonzero value if it is the responsibility of the
3181caller to allocate the area reserved for arguments passed in registers
3182when calling a function of @var{fntype}. @var{fntype} may be NULL
3183if the function called is a library function.
3184
3185If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls
3186whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of
29454ff5 3187@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.
38f8b050
JR
3188@end defmac
3189
3190@defmac STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
3191Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the
3192stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it.
3193@c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the
3194@c overfull.. not as specific, tho. --mew 5feb93
3195
3196Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the
3197stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area. Defining this macro
3198suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the
3199stack in its natural location.
3200@end defmac
3201
893d13d5 3202@hook TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS
38f8b050
JR
3203
3204@defmac CALL_POPS_ARGS (@var{cum})
3205A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence
3206pops off the stack. It is added to the value of @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS}
3207when compiling a function call.
3208
3209@var{cum} is the variable in which all arguments to the called function
3210have been accumulated.
3211
3212On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used
3213that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments
3214that have been passed to the function. Since this is a property of the
3215call site, not of the called function, @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is not
3216appropriate.
3217@end defmac
3218
3219@node Register Arguments
3220@subsection Passing Arguments in Registers
3221@cindex arguments in registers
3222@cindex registers arguments
3223
3224This section describes the macros which let you control how various
3225types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in
3226the stack.
3227
b25b9e8f 3228@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
38f8b050
JR
3229
3230@hook TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
38f8b050 3231
b25b9e8f 3232@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
38f8b050 3233
bcb21886
KY
3234@hook TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG
3235
3236@hook TARGET_INIT_PIC_REG
3237
38f8b050 3238@hook TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
38f8b050 3239
ec9f85e5 3240@hook TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
38f8b050
JR
3241
3242@hook TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES
38f8b050
JR
3243
3244@defmac CUMULATIVE_ARGS
b25b9e8f
NF
3245A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument
3246of @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values. For some
3247target machines, the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number
3248of bytes of argument so far.
38f8b050
JR
3249
3250There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the
3251arguments that have been passed on the stack. The compiler has other
3252variables to keep track of that. For target machines on which all
3253arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in
3254@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and
3255should not be empty, so use @code{int}.
3256@end defmac
3257
3258@defmac OVERRIDE_ABI_FORMAT (@var{fndecl})
3259If defined, this macro is called before generating any code for a
3260function, but after the @var{cfun} descriptor for the function has been
3261created. The back end may use this macro to update @var{cfun} to
3262reflect an ABI other than that which would normally be used by default.
3263If the compiler is generating code for a compiler-generated function,
3264@var{fndecl} may be @code{NULL}.
3265@end defmac
3266
3267@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}, @var{fndecl}, @var{n_named_args})
3268A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable
3269@var{cum} for the state at the beginning of the argument list. The
3270variable has type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}. The value of @var{fntype}
3271is the tree node for the data type of the function which will receive
3272the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler support library function.
3273For direct calls that are not libcalls, @var{fndecl} contain the
3274declaration node of the function. @var{fndecl} is also set when
3275@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used to find arguments for the function
3276being compiled. @var{n_named_args} is set to the number of named
3277arguments, including a structure return address if it is passed as a
3278parameter, when making a call. When processing incoming arguments,
3279@var{n_named_args} is set to @minus{}1.
3280
3281When processing a call to a compiler support library function,
3282@var{libname} identifies which one. It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which
3283contains the name of the function, as a string. @var{libname} is 0 when
3284an ordinary C function call is being processed. Thus, each time this
3285macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but
3286never both of them at once.
3287@end defmac
3288
3289@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_LIBCALL_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{libname})
3290Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but only used for outgoing libcalls,
3291it gets a @code{MODE} argument instead of @var{fntype}, that would be
3292@code{NULL}. @var{indirect} would always be zero, too. If this macro
3293is not defined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (cum, NULL_RTX, libname,
32940)} is used instead.
3295@end defmac
3296
3297@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname})
3298Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of
3299finding the arguments for the function being compiled. If this macro is
3300undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead.
3301
3302The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines
3303with special calling conventions are never compiled with GCC@. The
3304argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with
3305@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.
3306@c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe.
3307@c --mew 5feb93 i switched the order of the sentences. --mew 10feb93
3308@end defmac
3309
b25b9e8f 3310@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
38f8b050 3311
870118b7 3312@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_OFFSET
38f8b050 3313
76b0cbf8 3314@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING
38f8b050
JR
3315
3316@defmac PAD_VARARGS_DOWN
3317If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default
3318implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the
3319next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as
3320controlled by @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}. If this macro is not defined, all such
3321arguments are padded down if @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN} is true.
3322@end defmac
3323
3324@defmac BLOCK_REG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{first})
3325Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers and
3326memory. @var{first} is nonzero if this is the only element. Defining this
3327macro allows better control of register function parameters on big-endian
3328machines, without using @code{PARALLEL} rtl. In particular,
3329@code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK} need not test padding and mode of types in
3330registers, as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register; For example,
3331a three byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so
3332required.
3333@end defmac
3334
c2ed6cf8 3335@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
38f8b050 3336
123148b5
BS
3337@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY
3338
38f8b050
JR
3339@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3340A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3341register in which function arguments are sometimes passed. This does
3342@emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and
3343the structure-value address. On many machines, no registers can be
3344used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the
3345stack.
3346@end defmac
3347
3348@hook TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG
38f8b050
JR
3349
3350@hook TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
38f8b050 3351
07a5b2bc 3352@hook TARGET_ENUM_VA_LIST_P
38f8b050
JR
3353
3354@hook TARGET_FN_ABI_VA_LIST
38f8b050
JR
3355
3356@hook TARGET_CANONICAL_VA_LIST_TYPE
38f8b050
JR
3357
3358@hook TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
38f8b050
JR
3359
3360@hook TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE
38f8b050 3361
7352c013
RG
3362@hook TARGET_REF_MAY_ALIAS_ERRNO
3363
8de583fc
PB
3364@hook TARGET_TRANSLATE_MODE_ATTRIBUTE
3365
38f8b050 3366@hook TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
38f8b050
JR
3367
3368@hook TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
38f8b050 3369
482b2b43
RS
3370@hook TARGET_COMPATIBLE_VECTOR_TYPES_P
3371
695da534
RS
3372@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE
3373
0f6d54f7
RS
3374@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3375
8cc4b7a2
JM
3376@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3377
c65699ef
JM
3378@hook TARGET_FLOATN_MODE
3379
c6762423
MM
3380@hook TARGET_FLOATN_BUILTIN_P
3381
38f8b050 3382@hook TARGET_SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES_FOR_MODE_P
38f8b050
JR
3383
3384@node Scalar Return
3385@subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned
3386@cindex return values in registers
3387@cindex values, returned by functions
3388@cindex scalars, returned as values
3389
3390This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as
3391values---values that can fit in registers.
3392
3393@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
3394
38f8b050
JR
3395@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func})
3396This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} for
3397a new target instead.
3398@end defmac
3399
3400@defmac LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode})
3401A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library
3402function returns a value of mode @var{mode}.
3403
3404Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler
3405support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known
3406specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being
3407compiled.
3408@end defmac
3409
3410@hook TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
38f8b050
JR
3411
3412@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3413A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3414register in which the values of called function may come back.
3415
3416A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
3417second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be
3418recognized by this macro. So for most machines, this definition
3419suffices:
3420
3421@smallexample
3422#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
3423@end smallexample
3424
3425If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called
3426function use different registers for the return value, this macro
3427should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
3428
3429This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P}
3430for a new target instead.
3431@end defmac
3432
3433@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
38f8b050
JR
3434
3435@defmac APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
3436Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return}
3437need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for
3438saving and restoring an arbitrary return value.
3439@end defmac
3440
e0d14c39
BS
3441@hook TARGET_OMIT_STRUCT_RETURN_REG
3442
38f8b050 3443@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
38f8b050
JR
3444
3445@node Aggregate Return
3446@subsection How Large Values Are Returned
3447@cindex aggregates as return values
3448@cindex large return values
3449@cindex returning aggregate values
3450@cindex structure value address
3451
3452When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other
3453cases), the value is not returned according to
3454@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} (@pxref{Scalar Return}). Instead, the
3455caller passes the address of a block of memory in which the value
3456should be stored. This address is called the @dfn{structure value
3457address}.
3458
3459This section describes how to control returning structure values in
3460memory.
3461
3462@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
38f8b050
JR
3463
3464@defmac DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
3465Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be
3466in memory. Since this results in slower code, this should be defined
3467only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI@.
3468If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure
3469and union return values are decided by the @code{TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY}
3470target hook.
3471
3472If not defined, this defaults to the value 1.
3473@end defmac
3474
3475@hook TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
38f8b050
JR
3476
3477@defmac PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
3478Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine
3479for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return
3480the address of a static variable containing the value.
3481
3482Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to
3483pass an address to the subroutine.
3484
3485This macro has effect in @option{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does
3486nothing when you use @option{-freg-struct-return} mode.
3487@end defmac
3488
ffa88471
SE
3489@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_RESULT_MODE
3490
3491@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_ARG_MODE
3492
974aedcc
MP
3493@hook TARGET_EMPTY_RECORD_P
3494
3495@hook TARGET_WARN_PARAMETER_PASSING_ABI
3496
38f8b050
JR
3497@node Caller Saves
3498@subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation
3499
3500If you enable it, GCC can save registers around function calls. This
3501makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that
3502must live across calls.
3503
38f8b050
JR
3504@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (@var{regno}, @var{nregs})
3505A C expression specifying which mode is required for saving @var{nregs}
3506of a pseudo-register in call-clobbered hard register @var{regno}. If
3507@var{regno} is unsuitable for caller save, @code{VOIDmode} should be
3508returned. For most machines this macro need not be defined since GCC
3509will select the smallest suitable mode.
3510@end defmac
3511
3512@node Function Entry
3513@subsection Function Entry and Exit
3514@cindex function entry and exit
3515@cindex prologue
3516@cindex epilogue
3517
3518This section describes the macros that output function entry
3519(@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code.
3520
417ca011
TD
3521@hook TARGET_ASM_PRINT_PATCHABLE_FUNCTION_ENTRY
3522
38f8b050 3523@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
38f8b050
JR
3524
3525@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE
38f8b050
JR
3526
3527@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_BEGIN_EPILOGUE
38f8b050
JR
3528
3529@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
38f8b050
JR
3530
3531@itemize @bullet
3532@item
29454ff5
SL
3533@findex pretend_args_size
3534@findex crtl->args.pretend_args_size
3535A region of @code{crtl->args.pretend_args_size} bytes of
38f8b050
JR
3536uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the
3537stack. (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region
3538if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack
3539arguments. But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed
3540yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.) This
3541region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in
3542registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the
3543features in @code{<stdarg.h>}.
3544
3545@item
3546An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function.
3547The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as
3548the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is
3549machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used
3550in the function. Machines with register windows often do not require
3551a save area.
3552
3553@item
3554A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation
3555boundary, to contain the local variables of the function. On some machines,
3556this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the
3557save area closer to the top of the stack.
3558
3559@item
3560@cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames
3561Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of
29454ff5 3562@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing
38f8b050
JR
3563argument lists of the function. @xref{Stack Arguments}.
3564@end itemize
3565
3566@defmac EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
3567Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return
3568instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack
3569pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to
3570adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function. The
3571default is 0.
3572
3573Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which
3574frame pointers are maintained. It is never safe to delete a final
3575stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the
3576compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}.
3577@end defmac
3578
3579@defmac EPILOGUE_USES (@var{regno})
3580Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3581used by the epilogue or the @samp{return} pattern. The stack and frame
3582pointer registers are already assumed to be used as needed.
3583@end defmac
3584
3585@defmac EH_USES (@var{regno})
3586Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3587used by the exception handling mechanism, and so should be considered live
3588on entry to an exception edge.
3589@end defmac
3590
38f8b050 3591@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
38f8b050
JR
3592
3593@hook TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
38f8b050
JR
3594
3595@node Profiling
3596@subsection Generating Code for Profiling
3597@cindex profiling, code generation
3598
3599These macros will help you generate code for profiling.
3600
3601@defmac FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno})
3602A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some
3603assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}.
3604
3605@findex mcount
3606The details of how @code{mcount} expects to be called are determined by
3607your operating system environment, not by GCC@. To figure them out,
3608compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C
3609compiler and look at the assembler code that results.
3610
3611Older implementations of @code{mcount} expect the address of a counter
3612variable to be loaded into some register. The name of this variable is
3613@samp{LP} followed by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate
3614the name using @samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}.
3615@end defmac
3616
3617@defmac PROFILE_HOOK
3618A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some assembly
3619code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount} even the target does
3620not support profiling.
3621@end defmac
3622
3623@defmac NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
3624Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if the
3625@code{mcount} subroutine on your system does not need a counter variable
3626allocated for each function. This is true for almost all modern
3627implementations. If you define this macro, you must not use the
3628@var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}.
3629@end defmac
3630
3631@defmac PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
3632Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before
3633the function prologue. Normally, the profiling code comes after.
3634@end defmac
3635
d56a43a0
AK
3636@hook TARGET_KEEP_LEAF_WHEN_PROFILED
3637
38f8b050
JR
3638@node Tail Calls
3639@subsection Permitting tail calls
3640@cindex tail calls
3641
3642@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
38f8b050
JR
3643
3644@hook TARGET_EXTRA_LIVE_ON_ENTRY
38f8b050 3645
ee3d2ecd
JJ
3646@hook TARGET_SET_UP_BY_PROLOGUE
3647
d45eae79
SL
3648@hook TARGET_WARN_FUNC_RETURN
3649
20a6ece0
SB
3650@node Shrink-wrapping separate components
3651@subsection Shrink-wrapping separate components
3652@cindex shrink-wrapping separate components
3653
3654The prologue may perform a variety of target dependent tasks such as
3655saving callee-saved registers, saving the return address, aligning the
3656stack, creating a stack frame, initializing the PIC register, setting
3657up the static chain, etc.
3658
3659On some targets some of these tasks may be independent of others and
3660thus may be shrink-wrapped separately. These independent tasks are
3661referred to as components and are handled generically by the target
3662independent parts of GCC.
3663
3664Using the following hooks those prologue or epilogue components can be
3665shrink-wrapped separately, so that the initialization (and possibly
3666teardown) those components do is not done as frequently on execution
3667paths where this would unnecessary.
3668
3669What exactly those components are is up to the target code; the generic
3670code treats them abstractly, as a bit in an @code{sbitmap}. These
3671@code{sbitmap}s are allocated by the @code{shrink_wrap.get_separate_components}
3672and @code{shrink_wrap.components_for_bb} hooks, and deallocated by the
3673generic code.
3674
3675@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_GET_SEPARATE_COMPONENTS
3676
3677@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_COMPONENTS_FOR_BB
3678
3679@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_DISQUALIFY_COMPONENTS
3680
3681@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_PROLOGUE_COMPONENTS
3682
3683@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_EPILOGUE_COMPONENTS
3684
3685@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_SET_HANDLED_COMPONENTS
3686
38f8b050
JR
3687@node Stack Smashing Protection
3688@subsection Stack smashing protection
3689@cindex stack smashing protection
3690
3691@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_GUARD
38f8b050
JR
3692
3693@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_FAIL
38f8b050 3694
87a5dc2d
JW
3695@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_RUNTIME_ENABLED_P
3696
7458026b
ILT
3697@hook TARGET_SUPPORTS_SPLIT_STACK
3698
c98c2430
ML
3699@hook TARGET_GET_VALID_OPTION_VALUES
3700
aaeaa9a9
RO
3701@node Miscellaneous Register Hooks
3702@subsection Miscellaneous register hooks
3703@cindex miscellaneous register hooks
3704
3705@hook TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS
3706
38f8b050
JR
3707@node Varargs
3708@section Implementing the Varargs Macros
3709@cindex varargs implementation
3710
3711GCC comes with an implementation of @code{<varargs.h>} and
3712@code{<stdarg.h>} that work without change on machines that pass arguments
3713on the stack. Other machines require their own implementations of
3714varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have
3715conditionals to include it.
3716
3717ISO @code{<stdarg.h>} differs from traditional @code{<varargs.h>} mainly in
3718the calling convention for @code{va_start}. The traditional
3719implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which
3720to store the argument pointer. The ISO implementation of
3721@code{va_start} takes an additional second argument. The user is
3722supposed to write the last named argument of the function here.
3723
3724However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument. The way to find
3725the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described
3726below.
3727
3728@defmac __builtin_saveregs ()
3729Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so
3730that the varargs mechanism can access them. Both ISO and traditional
3731versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless
3732you use @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead.
3733
3734On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the
3735control of the target hook @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. On
3736other machines, it calls a routine written in assembler language,
3737found in @file{libgcc2.c}.
3738
3739Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the
3740beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to
3741@code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is.
3742This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts
3743to use them for its own purposes.
3744@c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew
3745@c 10feb93
3746@end defmac
3747
38f8b050 3748@defmac __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg})
c59a0a1d 3749This builtin returns the address of the first anonymous stack
38f8b050
JR
3750argument, as type @code{void *}. If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it
3751returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack
3752argument. Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for
3753fetching arguments from the stack. Also use it in @code{va_start} to
3754verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument
3755of the current function.
3756@end defmac
3757
3758@defmac __builtin_classify_type (@var{object})
3759Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are
3760passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg}
3761has to embody these conventions. The easiest way to categorize the
3762specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together
3763with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}.
3764
3765@code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object},
3766considering only its data type. It returns an integer describing what
3767kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on.
3768
3769The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to
3770interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}.
3771@end defmac
3772
3773These machine description macros help implement varargs:
3774
3775@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
38f8b050
JR
3776
3777@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
38f8b050
JR
3778
3779@hook TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
38f8b050 3780
2f21e1ba
BS
3781@hook TARGET_CALL_ARGS
3782
3783@hook TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS
3784
38f8b050 3785@hook TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
38f8b050 3786
d5e254e1
IE
3787@hook TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3788
3789@hook TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3790
3791@hook TARGET_LOAD_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3792
3793@hook TARGET_STORE_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3794
38f8b050 3795@node Trampolines
92b6df43
SL
3796@section Support for Nested Functions
3797@cindex support for nested functions
38f8b050 3798@cindex trampolines for nested functions
92b6df43
SL
3799@cindex descriptors for nested functions
3800@cindex nested functions, support for
3801
3802Taking the address of a nested function requires special compiler
3803handling to ensure that the static chain register is loaded when
3804the function is invoked via an indirect call.
3805
3806GCC has traditionally supported nested functions by creating an
3807executable @dfn{trampoline} at run time when the address of a nested
3808function is taken. This is a small piece of code which normally
3809resides on the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function.
3810The trampoline loads the static chain register and then jumps to the
3811real address of the nested function.
3812
3813The use of trampolines requires an executable stack, which is a
3814security risk. To avoid this problem, GCC also supports another
3815strategy: using descriptors for nested functions. Under this model,
3816taking the address of a nested function results in a pointer to a
3817non-executable function descriptor object. Initializing the static chain
3818from the descriptor is handled at indirect call sites.
3819
3820On some targets, including HPPA and IA-64, function descriptors may be
3821mandated by the ABI or be otherwise handled in a target-specific way
3822by the back end in its code generation strategy for indirect calls.
3823GCC also provides its own generic descriptor implementation to support the
3824@option{-fno-trampolines} option. In this case runtime detection of
3825function descriptors at indirect call sites relies on descriptor
3826pointers being tagged with a bit that is never set in bare function
3827addresses. Since GCC's generic function descriptors are
3828not ABI-compliant, this option is typically used only on a
3829per-language basis (notably by Ada) or when it can otherwise be
3830applied to the whole program.
3831
3832Define the following hook if your backend either implements ABI-specified
3833descriptor support, or can use GCC's generic descriptor implementation
3834for nested functions.
3835
3836@hook TARGET_CUSTOM_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTORS
3837
3838The following macros tell GCC how to generate code to allocate and
3839initialize an executable trampoline. You can also use this interface
3840if your back end needs to create ABI-specified non-executable descriptors; in
3841this case the "trampoline" created is the descriptor containing data only.
3842
3843The instructions in an executable trampoline must do two things: load
3844a constant address into the static chain register, and jump to the real
3845address of the nested function. On CISC machines such as the m68k,
3846this requires two instructions, a move immediate and a jump. Then the
3847two addresses exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands.
3848On RISC machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a
3849register in two parts. Then pieces of each address form separate
3850immediate operands.
38f8b050
JR
3851
3852The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable
3853parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the
3854immediate operands of the instructions. On a CISC machine, this is
3855simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the
3856proper offset from the start of the trampoline. On a RISC machine, it
3857may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them
3858separately.
3859
3860@hook TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
38f8b050
JR
3861
3862@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
3863Return the section into which the trampoline template is to be placed
3864(@pxref{Sections}). The default value is @code{readonly_data_section}.
3865@end defmac
3866
3867@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
3868A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
3869@end defmac
3870
3871@defmac TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
3872Alignment required for trampolines, in bits.
3873
3874If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{FUNCTION_ALIGNMENT}
3875is used for aligning trampolines.
3876@end defmac
3877
3878@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
38f8b050 3879
c05ece92
AO
3880@hook TARGET_EMIT_CALL_BUILTIN___CLEAR_CACHE
3881
38f8b050 3882@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
38f8b050
JR
3883
3884Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have
3885separate instruction and data caches. Writing into a stack location
3886fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program
3887jumps to that location, it executes the old contents.
3888
3889Here are two possible solutions. One is to clear the relevant parts of
3890the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up. The other is to
3891make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard
3892subroutine. The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the
3893latter makes initialization faster.
3894
3895To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define
3896the following macro.
3897
3898@defmac CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{beg}, @var{end})
3899If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction
3900cache} in the specified interval. The definition of this macro would
3901typically be a series of @code{asm} statements. Both @var{beg} and
c05ece92 3902@var{end} are pointer expressions.
38f8b050
JR
3903@end defmac
3904
38f8b050
JR
3905To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro. In addition,
3906you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire
3907cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the
3908beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in
3909its cache line. Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide.
3910
3911@defmac TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
3912Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their
3913work. The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements
3914which will be compiled with GCC@. They go in a library function named
3915@code{__transfer_from_trampoline}.
3916
3917If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled
3918C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a
3919special label of your own in the assembler code. Use one @code{asm}
3920statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label
3921global. Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your
3922special assembler code.
3923@end defmac
3924
3925@node Library Calls
3926@section Implicit Calls to Library Routines
3927@cindex library subroutine names
3928@cindex @file{libgcc.a}
3929
3930@c prevent bad page break with this line
3931Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines.
3932
3933@defmac DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES
3934This macro, if defined, should expand to a piece of C code that will get
3935expanded when compiling functions for libgcc.a. It can be used to
3936provide alternate names for GCC's internal library functions if there
3937are ABI-mandated names that the compiler should provide.
3938@end defmac
3939
3940@findex set_optab_libfunc
3941@findex init_one_libfunc
3942@hook TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
38f8b050 3943
cdbf4541
BS
3944@hook TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX
3945
38f8b050
JR
3946@defmac FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (@var{mode}, @var{comparison})
3947This macro should return @code{true} if the library routine that
3948implements the floating point comparison operator @var{comparison} in
3949mode @var{mode} will return a boolean, and @var{false} if it will
3950return a tristate.
3951
3952GCC's own floating point libraries return tristates from the
3953comparison operators, so the default returns false always. Most ports
3954don't need to define this macro.
3955@end defmac
3956
3957@defmac TARGET_LIB_INT_CMP_BIASED
3958This macro should evaluate to @code{true} if the integer comparison
3959functions (like @code{__cmpdi2}) return 0 to indicate that the first
3960operand is smaller than the second, 1 to indicate that they are equal,
3961and 2 to indicate that the first operand is greater than the second.
3962If this macro evaluates to @code{false} the comparison functions return
3963@minus{}1, 0, and 1 instead of 0, 1, and 2. If the target uses the routines
3964in @file{libgcc.a}, you do not need to define this macro.
3965@end defmac
3966
30b8f78b
KV
3967@defmac TARGET_HAS_NO_HW_DIVIDE
3968This macro should be defined if the target has no hardware divide
3969instructions. If this macro is defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
3970make use of simple logical and arithmetic operations for 64-bit
3971division. If the macro is not defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
3972make use of a 64-bit by 32-bit divide primitive.
3973@end defmac
3974
38f8b050
JR
3975@cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage
3976@findex matherr
3977@defmac TARGET_EDOM
3978The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant
3979expression. If you don't define this macro, GCC does not attempt to
3980deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly. Look in
3981@file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your
3982system.
3983
3984If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports
3985domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the
3986error. If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when
3987there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so
3988that @code{matherr} is used normally.
3989@end defmac
3990
3991@cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage
3992@defmac GEN_ERRNO_RTX
3993Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that
3994refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}. (On certain systems,
3995@code{errno} may not actually be a variable.) If you don't define this
3996macro, a reasonable default is used.
3997@end defmac
3998
d33d9e47 3999@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FUNCTION
38f8b050 4000
db91c7cf
ML
4001@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FAST_FUNCTION
4002
38f8b050 4003@defmac NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME
fea3ca91
IS
4004Set this macro to 1 to use the "NeXT" Objective-C message sending conventions
4005by default. This calling convention involves passing the object, the selector
4006and the method arguments all at once to the method-lookup library function.
4007This is the usual setting when targeting Darwin/Mac OS X systems, which have
4008the NeXT runtime installed.
4009
4010If the macro is set to 0, the "GNU" Objective-C message sending convention
4011will be used by default. This convention passes just the object and the
4012selector to the method-lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method.
4013
4014In either case, it remains possible to select code-generation for the alternate
4015scheme, by means of compiler command line switches.
38f8b050
JR
4016@end defmac
4017
4018@node Addressing Modes
4019@section Addressing Modes
4020@cindex addressing modes
4021
4022@c prevent bad page break with this line
4023This is about addressing modes.
4024
4025@defmac HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
4026@defmacx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
4027@defmacx HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
4028@defmacx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
4029A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment,
4030pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively.
4031@end defmac
4032
4033@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP
4034@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP
4035A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4036post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than
4037the size of the memory operand.
4038@end defmac
4039
4040@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG
4041@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG
4042A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4043post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement.
4044@end defmac
4045
4046@defmac CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x})
4047A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which
4048is a valid address. On most machines the default definition of
4049@code{(CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) && GET_CODE (@var{x}) != CONST_DOUBLE)}
4050is acceptable, but a few machines are more restrictive as to which
ff2ce160 4051constant addresses are supported.
38f8b050
JR
4052@end defmac
4053
4054@defmac CONSTANT_P (@var{x})
4055@code{CONSTANT_P}, which is defined by target-independent code,
4056accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not explicitly
4057known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and @code{high}
4058expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in addition to
4059@code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions.
4060@end defmac
4061
4062@defmac MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS
4063A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid
4064memory address. Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to
4065the maximum number that @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} would ever
4066accept.
4067@end defmac
4068
4069@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
38f8b050
JR
4070
4071@defmac TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT
4072A single character to be used instead of the default @code{'m'}
4073character for general memory addresses. This defines the constraint
4074letter which matches the memory addresses accepted by
4075@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P}. Define this macro if you want to
4076support new address formats in your back end without changing the
4077semantics of the @code{'m'} constraint. This is necessary in order to
4078preserve functionality of inline assembly constructs using the
4079@code{'m'} constraint.
4080@end defmac
4081
4082@defmac FIND_BASE_TERM (@var{x})
4083A C expression to determine the base term of address @var{x},
4084or to provide a simplified version of @var{x} from which @file{alias.c}
4085can easily find the base term. This macro is used in only two places:
4086@code{find_base_value} and @code{find_base_term} in @file{alias.c}.
4087
4088It is always safe for this macro to not be defined. It exists so
4089that alias analysis can understand machine-dependent addresses.
4090
4091The typical use of this macro is to handle addresses containing
4092a label_ref or symbol_ref within an UNSPEC@.
4093@end defmac
4094
4095@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
38f8b050
JR
4096
4097@defmac LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{opnum}, @var{type}, @var{ind_levels}, @var{win})
4098A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x}, which is an address
4099that needs reloading, with a valid memory address for an operand of mode
4100@var{mode}. @var{win} will be a C statement label elsewhere in the code.
4101It is not necessary to define this macro, but it might be useful for
4102performance reasons.
4103
4104For example, on the i386, it is sometimes possible to use a single
4105reload register instead of two by reloading a sum of two pseudo
4106registers into a register. On the other hand, for number of RISC
4107processors offsets are limited so that often an intermediate address
4108needs to be generated in order to address a stack slot. By defining
4109@code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} appropriately, the intermediate addresses
4110generated for adjacent some stack slots can be made identical, and thus
4111be shared.
4112
4113@emph{Note}: This macro should be used with caution. It is necessary
4114to know something of how reload works in order to effectively use this,
4115and it is quite easy to produce macros that build in too much knowledge
4116of reload internals.
4117
4118@emph{Note}: This macro must be able to reload an address created by a
4119previous invocation of this macro. If it fails to handle such addresses
4120then the compiler may generate incorrect code or abort.
4121
4122@findex push_reload
4123The macro definition should use @code{push_reload} to indicate parts that
4124need reloading; @var{opnum}, @var{type} and @var{ind_levels} are usually
4125suitable to be passed unaltered to @code{push_reload}.
4126
4127The code generated by this macro must not alter the substructure of
4128@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it
4129should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value.
4130This also applies to parts that you change indirectly by calling
4131@code{push_reload}.
4132
4133@findex strict_memory_address_p
4134The macro definition may use @code{strict_memory_address_p} to test if
4135the address has become legitimate.
4136
4137@findex copy_rtx
4138If you want to change only a part of @var{x}, one standard way of doing
4139this is to use @code{copy_rtx}. Note, however, that it unshares only a
4140single level of rtl. Thus, if the part to be changed is not at the
4141top level, you'll need to replace first the top level.
4142It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate
4143address; but often a machine-dependent strategy can generate better code.
4144@end defmac
4145
4146@hook TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P
38f8b050 4147
1a627b35 4148@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
38f8b050
JR
4149
4150@hook TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
38f8b050 4151
93bcc8c9 4152@hook TARGET_CONST_NOT_OK_FOR_DEBUG_P
93bcc8c9 4153
38f8b050 4154@hook TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
38f8b050
JR
4155
4156@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P
38f8b050 4157
361a58da 4158@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_DECL_P
361a58da 4159
89356d17 4160@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_RECIPROCAL
38f8b050
JR
4161
4162@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MASK_FOR_LOAD
38f8b050 4163
38f8b050 4164@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST
38f8b050 4165
f702e7d4
RS
4166@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
4167
38f8b050 4168@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
38f8b050 4169
f151c9e1 4170@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST
38f8b050 4171
38f8b050 4172@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
38f8b050 4173
10766209
RS
4174@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MD_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4175
38f8b050 4176@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT
38f8b050 4177
cc4b5170 4178@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
26983c22 4179
c803b2a9
RB
4180@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SPLIT_REDUCTION
4181
e021fb86 4182@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_MODES
767f865f 4183
f0955233
RS
4184@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE
4185
9f47c7e5
IE
4186@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_GET_MASK_MODE
4187
76a34e3f
RS
4188@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_EMPTY_MASK_IS_EXPENSIVE
4189
c3e7ee41
BS
4190@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST
4191
4192@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_ADD_STMT_COST
4193
4194@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_FINISH_COST
4195
4196@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_DESTROY_COST_DATA
4197
aec7ae7d 4198@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_GATHER
aec7ae7d 4199
3bab6342
AT
4200@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_SCATTER
4201
0136f8f0
AH
4202@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_COMPUTE_VECSIZE_AND_SIMDLEN
4203
4204@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_ADJUST
4205
4206@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_USABLE
4207
5012919d
AM
4208@hook TARGET_SIMT_VF
4209
9ba66bf5
JJ
4210@hook TARGET_OMP_DEVICE_KIND_ARCH_ISA
4211
94829f87
NS
4212@hook TARGET_GOACC_VALIDATE_DIMS
4213
bd751975
NS
4214@hook TARGET_GOACC_DIM_LIMIT
4215
6e91acf8
NS
4216@hook TARGET_GOACC_FORK_JOIN
4217
e5014671
NS
4218@hook TARGET_GOACC_REDUCTION
4219
6a86928d
RS
4220@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_ELSE_VALUE
4221
38f8b050
JR
4222@node Anchored Addresses
4223@section Anchored Addresses
4224@cindex anchored addresses
4225@cindex @option{-fsection-anchors}
4226
4227GCC usually addresses every static object as a separate entity.
4228For example, if we have:
4229
4230@smallexample
4231static int a, b, c;
4232int foo (void) @{ return a + b + c; @}
4233@end smallexample
4234
4235the code for @code{foo} will usually calculate three separate symbolic
4236addresses: those of @code{a}, @code{b} and @code{c}. On some targets,
4237it would be better to calculate just one symbolic address and access
4238the three variables relative to it. The equivalent pseudocode would
4239be something like:
4240
4241@smallexample
4242int foo (void)
4243@{
4244 register int *xr = &x;
4245 return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
4246@}
4247@end smallexample
4248
4249(which isn't valid C). We refer to shared addresses like @code{x} as
4250``section anchors''. Their use is controlled by @option{-fsection-anchors}.
4251
4252The hooks below describe the target properties that GCC needs to know
4253in order to make effective use of section anchors. It won't use
4254section anchors at all unless either @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}
4255or @code{TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET} is set to a nonzero value.
4256
4257@hook TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
38f8b050
JR
4258
4259@hook TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
38f8b050
JR
4260
4261@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR
38f8b050
JR
4262
4263@hook TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P
38f8b050
JR
4264
4265@node Condition Code
4266@section Condition Code Status
4267@cindex condition code status
4268
4269The macros in this section can be split in two families, according to the
4270two ways of representing condition codes in GCC.
4271
4272The first representation is the so called @code{(cc0)} representation
4273(@pxref{Jump Patterns}), where all instructions can have an implicit
4274clobber of the condition codes. The second is the condition code
4275register representation, which provides better schedulability for
4276architectures that do have a condition code register, but on which
4277most instructions do not affect it. The latter category includes
4278most RISC machines.
4279
4280The implicit clobbering poses a strong restriction on the placement of
c4f6267b
L
4281the definition and use of the condition code. In the past the definition
4282and use were always adjacent. However, recent changes to support trapping
4283arithmatic may result in the definition and user being in different blocks.
4284Thus, there may be a @code{NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK} between them. Additionally,
4285the definition may be the source of exception handling edges.
4286
4287These restrictions can prevent important
38f8b050
JR
4288optimizations on some machines. For example, on the IBM RS/6000, there
4289is a delay for taken branches unless the condition code register is set
4290three instructions earlier than the conditional branch. The instruction
4291scheduler cannot perform this optimization if it is not permitted to
4292separate the definition and use of the condition code register.
4293
4294For this reason, it is possible and suggested to use a register to
4295represent the condition code for new ports. If there is a specific
4296condition code register in the machine, use a hard register. If the
4297condition code or comparison result can be placed in any general register,
4298or if there are multiple condition registers, use a pseudo register.
4299Registers used to store the condition code value will usually have a mode
4300that is in class @code{MODE_CC}.
4301
4302Alternatively, you can use @code{BImode} if the comparison operator is
4303specified already in the compare instruction. In this case, you are not
4304interested in most macros in this section.
4305
4306@menu
4307* CC0 Condition Codes:: Old style representation of condition codes.
4308* MODE_CC Condition Codes:: Modern representation of condition codes.
38f8b050
JR
4309@end menu
4310
4311@node CC0 Condition Codes
4312@subsection Representation of condition codes using @code{(cc0)}
4313@findex cc0
4314
4315@findex cc_status
4316The file @file{conditions.h} defines a variable @code{cc_status} to
4317describe how the condition code was computed (in case the interpretation of
4318the condition code depends on the instruction that it was set by). This
4319variable contains the RTL expressions on which the condition code is
4320currently based, and several standard flags.
4321
4322Sometimes additional machine-specific flags must be defined in the machine
4323description header file. It can also add additional machine-specific
4324information by defining @code{CC_STATUS_MDEP}.
4325
4326@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP
4327C code for a data type which is used for declaring the @code{mdep}
4328component of @code{cc_status}. It defaults to @code{int}.
4329
4330This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4331@end defmac
4332
4333@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT
4334A C expression to initialize the @code{mdep} field to ``empty''.
4335The default definition does nothing, since most machines don't use
4336the field anyway. If you want to use the field, you should probably
4337define this macro to initialize it.
4338
4339This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4340@end defmac
4341
4342@defmac NOTICE_UPDATE_CC (@var{exp}, @var{insn})
4343A C compound statement to set the components of @code{cc_status}
4344appropriately for an insn @var{insn} whose body is @var{exp}. It is
4345this macro's responsibility to recognize insns that set the condition
4346code as a byproduct of other activity as well as those that explicitly
4347set @code{(cc0)}.
4348
4349This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4350
4351If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter
4352other machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they
4353invalidate the expressions that the condition code is recorded as
4354reflecting. For example, on the 68000, insns that store in address
4355registers do not set the condition code, which means that usually
4356@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} can leave @code{cc_status} unaltered for such
4357insns. But suppose that the previous insn set the condition code
4358based on location @samp{a4@@(102)} and the current insn stores a new
4359value in @samp{a4}. Although the condition code is not changed by
4360this, it will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of
4361@samp{a4@@(102)}. Therefore, @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must alter
4362@code{cc_status} in this case to say that nothing is known about the
4363condition code value.
4364
4365The definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must be prepared to deal
4366with the results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are
4367@code{parallel} RTXs containing various @code{reg}, @code{mem} or
4368constants which are just the operands. The RTL structure of these
4369insns is not sufficient to indicate what the insns actually do. What
4370@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} should do when it sees one is just to run
4371@code{CC_STATUS_INIT}.
4372
4373A possible definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} is to call a function
4374that looks at an attribute (@pxref{Insn Attributes}) named, for example,
4375@samp{cc}. This avoids having detailed information about patterns in
4376two places, the @file{md} file and in @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}.
4377@end defmac
4378
4379@node MODE_CC Condition Codes
4380@subsection Representation of condition codes using registers
4381@findex CCmode
4382@findex MODE_CC
4383
4384@defmac SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y})
4385On many machines, the condition code may be produced by other instructions
4386than compares, for example the branch can use directly the condition
4387code set by a subtract instruction. However, on some machines
4388when the condition code is set this way some bits (such as the overflow
4389bit) are not set in the same way as a test instruction, so that a different
4390branch instruction must be used for some conditional branches. When
4391this happens, use the machine mode of the condition code register to
4392record different formats of the condition code register. Modes can
630ba2fd 4393also be used to record which compare instruction (e.g.@: a signed or an
38f8b050
JR
4394unsigned comparison) produced the condition codes.
4395
4396If other modes than @code{CCmode} are required, add them to
4397@file{@var{machine}-modes.def} and define @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} to choose
4398a mode given an operand of a compare. This is needed because the modes
4399have to be chosen not only during RTL generation but also, for example,
4400by instruction combination. The result of @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} should
4401be consistent with the mode used in the patterns; for example to support
4402the case of the add on the SPARC discussed above, we have the pattern
4403
4404@smallexample
4405(define_insn ""
ff7e7ee0
EB
4406 [(set (reg:CCNZ 0)
4407 (compare:CCNZ
38f8b050
JR
4408 (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "%r")
4409 (match_operand:SI 1 "arith_operand" "rI"))
4410 (const_int 0)))]
4411 ""
4412 "@dots{}")
4413@end smallexample
4414
4415@noindent
ff7e7ee0 4416together with a @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} that returns @code{CCNZmode}
38f8b050
JR
4417for comparisons whose argument is a @code{plus}:
4418
4419@smallexample
4420#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \
95cc11e1
EB
4421 (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT \
4422 ? ((OP == LT || OP == LE || OP == GT || OP == GE) \
4423 ? CCFPEmode : CCFPmode) \
4424 : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS \
4425 || GET_CODE (X) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT) \
ff7e7ee0 4426 ? CCNZmode : CCmode))
38f8b050
JR
4427@end smallexample
4428
4429Another reason to use modes is to retain information on which operands
4430were used by the comparison; see @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE} later in
4431this section.
4432
4433You should define this macro if and only if you define extra CC modes
4434in @file{@var{machine}-modes.def}.
4435@end defmac
4436
d331d374 4437@hook TARGET_CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON
38f8b050
JR
4438
4439@defmac REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})
4440A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a
4441comparison whose mode is @var{mode}. If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE}
4442can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison,
4443then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero.
4444
4445You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the
4446floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}.
4447For example, here is the definition used on the SPARC, where floating-point
95cc11e1 4448inequality comparisons are given either @code{CCFPEmode} or @code{CCFPmode}:
38f8b050
JR
4449
4450@smallexample
95cc11e1
EB
4451#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) \
4452 ((MODE) != CCFPEmode && (MODE) != CCFPmode)
38f8b050
JR
4453@end smallexample
4454@end defmac
4455
4456@defmac REVERSE_CONDITION (@var{code}, @var{mode})
4457A C expression whose value is reversed condition code of the @var{code} for
4458comparison done in CC_MODE @var{mode}. The macro is used only in case
4459@code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} is nonzero. Define this macro in case
4460machine has some non-standard way how to reverse certain conditionals. For
4461instance in case all floating point conditions are non-trapping, compiler may
95cc11e1 4462freely convert unordered compares to ordered ones. Then definition may look
38f8b050
JR
4463like:
4464
4465@smallexample
4466#define REVERSE_CONDITION(CODE, MODE) \
4467 ((MODE) != CCFPmode ? reverse_condition (CODE) \
4468 : reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (CODE))
4469@end smallexample
4470@end defmac
4471
4472@hook TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS
38f8b050
JR
4473
4474@hook TARGET_CC_MODES_COMPATIBLE
38f8b050 4475
8f048116
EB
4476@hook TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM
4477
38f8b050
JR
4478@node Costs
4479@section Describing Relative Costs of Operations
4480@cindex costs of instructions
4481@cindex relative costs
4482@cindex speed of instructions
4483
4484These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations
4485on the target machine.
4486
4487@defmac REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4488A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} from a
4489register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes are
4490expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}. A
4491value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to
4492that.
4493
4494It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the
4495same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between
4496registers if they are not general registers.
4497
4498If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two
4499hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their
4500classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the
4501constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will
4502allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this
4503if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
4504
4505These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4506@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} instead.
4507@end defmac
4508
4509@hook TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
38f8b050
JR
4510
4511@defmac MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{class}, @var{in})
4512A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} between a
4513register of class @var{class} and memory; @var{in} is zero if the value
4514is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in. This cost
4515is relative to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}. If moving between
4516registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you
4517should define this macro to express the relative cost.
4518
4519If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus
4520the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is
4521needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy
4522between memory and a register of @var{class} but the reload mechanism is
4523more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to
4524reflect the actual cost of the move.
4525
4526GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if
4527secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via
4528a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a
4529secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of
45304 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other
4531value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function
4532are the same as to this macro.
4533
4534These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4535@code{TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST} instead.
4536@end defmac
4537
911852ff 4538@hook TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST
38f8b050
JR
4539
4540@defmac BRANCH_COST (@var{speed_p}, @var{predictable_p})
525d13b0
MS
4541A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction. A value of 1 is
4542the default; other values are interpreted relative to that. Parameter
4543@var{speed_p} is true when the branch in question should be optimized
4544for speed. When it is false, @code{BRANCH_COST} should return a value
4545optimal for code size rather than performance. @var{predictable_p} is
4546true for well-predicted branches. On many architectures the
4547@code{BRANCH_COST} can be reduced then.
38f8b050
JR
4548@end defmac
4549
4550Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs,
4551but only that certain actions are more expensive than GCC would
4552ordinarily expect.
4553
4554@defmac SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
4555Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less
4556than a word of memory (i.e.@: a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no
4557faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access
4558require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost
4559between byte and (aligned) word loads.
4560
4561When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by
4562finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword
4563load will be used if alignment permits. Unless bytes accesses are
4564faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it
4565may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to
4566other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes.
4567@end defmac
4568
e0bd6c9f 4569@hook TARGET_SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
38f8b050
JR
4570
4571@defmac MOVE_RATIO (@var{speed})
4572The threshold of number of scalar memory-to-memory move insns, @emph{below}
4573which a sequence of insns should be generated instead of a
4574string move insn or a library call. Increasing the value will always
4575make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4576
4577Note that on machines where the corresponding move insn is a
4578@code{define_expand} that emits a sequence of insns, this macro counts
4579the number of such sequences.
4580
4581The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4582optimized for speed rather than size.
4583
4584If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4585@end defmac
4586
7cbed008
JG
4587@hook TARGET_USE_BY_PIECES_INFRASTRUCTURE_P
4588
36b85e43
BS
4589@hook TARGET_COMPARE_BY_PIECES_BRANCH_RATIO
4590
38f8b050
JR
4591@defmac MOVE_MAX_PIECES
4592A C expression used by @code{move_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4593a load or store used to copy memory is. Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX}.
4594@end defmac
4595
36b85e43
BS
4596@defmac STORE_MAX_PIECES
4597A C expression used by @code{store_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4598a store used to memory is. Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}, or two times
4599the size of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, whichever is smaller.
4600@end defmac
4601
4602@defmac COMPARE_MAX_PIECES
4603A C expression used by @code{compare_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4604a load or store used to compare memory is. Defaults to
4605@code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}.
4606@end defmac
4607
38f8b050
JR
4608@defmac CLEAR_RATIO (@var{speed})
4609The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4610of insns should be generated to clear memory instead of a string clear insn
4611or a library call. Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4612eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4613
4614The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4615optimized for speed rather than size.
4616
4617If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4618@end defmac
4619
38f8b050
JR
4620@defmac SET_RATIO (@var{speed})
4621The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4622of insns should be generated to set memory to a constant value, instead of
ff2ce160 4623a block set insn or a library call.
38f8b050
JR
4624Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4625eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4626
4627The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4628optimized for speed rather than size.
4629
4630If you don't define this, it defaults to the value of @code{MOVE_RATIO}.
4631@end defmac
4632
38f8b050
JR
4633@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4634A C expression used to determine whether a load postincrement is a good
4635thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4636@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4637@end defmac
4638
4639@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4640A C expression used to determine whether a load postdecrement is a good
4641thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4642@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4643@end defmac
4644
4645@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4646A C expression used to determine whether a load preincrement is a good
4647thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4648@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4649@end defmac
4650
4651@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4652A C expression used to determine whether a load predecrement is a good
4653thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4654@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4655@end defmac
4656
4657@defmac USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4658A C expression used to determine whether a store postincrement is a good
4659thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4660@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4661@end defmac
4662
4663@defmac USE_STORE_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4664A C expression used to determine whether a store postdecrement is a good
4665thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4666@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4667@end defmac
4668
4669@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4670This macro is used to determine whether a store preincrement is a good
4671thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4672@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4673@end defmac
4674
4675@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4676This macro is used to determine whether a store predecrement is a good
4677thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4678@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4679@end defmac
4680
4681@defmac NO_FUNCTION_CSE
1e8552c2 4682Define this macro to be true if it is as good or better to call a constant
38f8b050
JR
4683function address than to call an address kept in a register.
4684@end defmac
4685
a8d56c30
SB
4686@defmac LOGICAL_OP_NON_SHORT_CIRCUIT
4687Define this macro if a non-short-circuit operation produced by
4688@samp{fold_range_test ()} is optimal. This macro defaults to true if
4689@code{BRANCH_COST} is greater than or equal to the value 2.
4690@end defmac
4691
d95ab70a
RS
4692@hook TARGET_OPTAB_SUPPORTED_P
4693
38f8b050 4694@hook TARGET_RTX_COSTS
38f8b050
JR
4695
4696@hook TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
38f8b050 4697
94105f5c
SB
4698@hook TARGET_INSN_COST
4699
e914c11a
JG
4700@hook TARGET_MAX_NOCE_IFCVT_SEQ_COST
4701
d16e2ddd
JJ
4702@hook TARGET_NOCE_CONVERSION_PROFITABLE_P
4703
de6320a8
CB
4704@hook TARGET_NEW_ADDRESS_PROFITABLE_P
4705
f52a73a4
SD
4706@hook TARGET_NO_SPECULATION_IN_DELAY_SLOTS_P
4707
e535b963
RS
4708@hook TARGET_ESTIMATED_POLY_VALUE
4709
38f8b050
JR
4710@node Scheduling
4711@section Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler
4712
4713The instruction scheduler may need a fair amount of machine-specific
4714adjustment in order to produce good code. GCC provides several target
4715hooks for this purpose. It is usually enough to define just a few of
4716them: try the first ones in this list first.
4717
4718@hook TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
38f8b050
JR
4719
4720@hook TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE
38f8b050
JR
4721
4722@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
38f8b050
JR
4723
4724@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_PRIORITY
38f8b050
JR
4725
4726@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER
38f8b050
JR
4727
4728@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2
38f8b050 4729
0dc41f28
WM
4730@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P
4731
4732@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P
4733
38f8b050 4734@hook TARGET_SCHED_DEPENDENCIES_EVALUATION_HOOK
38f8b050
JR
4735
4736@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT
38f8b050
JR
4737
4738@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH
38f8b050
JR
4739
4740@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL
38f8b050
JR
4741
4742@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL
38f8b050
JR
4743
4744@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
38f8b050
JR
4745
4746@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
38f8b050
JR
4747
4748@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
38f8b050
JR
4749
4750@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
38f8b050
JR
4751
4752@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE
38f8b050
JR
4753
4754@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE
38f8b050
JR
4755
4756@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
38f8b050
JR
4757
4758@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD
4759
894fd6f2 4760@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BEGIN
894fd6f2
MK
4761
4762@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_ISSUE
894fd6f2
MK
4763
4764@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BACKTRACK
894fd6f2
MK
4765
4766@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_END
894fd6f2
MK
4767
4768@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_INIT
894fd6f2
MK
4769
4770@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_FINI
894fd6f2 4771
c06bbdf7 4772@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_NEW_CYCLE
38f8b050
JR
4773
4774@hook TARGET_SCHED_IS_COSTLY_DEPENDENCE
38f8b050
JR
4775
4776@hook TARGET_SCHED_H_I_D_EXTENDED
38f8b050
JR
4777
4778@hook TARGET_SCHED_ALLOC_SCHED_CONTEXT
38f8b050
JR
4779
4780@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_SCHED_CONTEXT
38f8b050
JR
4781
4782@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_CONTEXT
38f8b050
JR
4783
4784@hook TARGET_SCHED_CLEAR_SCHED_CONTEXT
38f8b050
JR
4785
4786@hook TARGET_SCHED_FREE_SCHED_CONTEXT
38f8b050
JR
4787
4788@hook TARGET_SCHED_SPECULATE_INSN
38f8b050
JR
4789
4790@hook TARGET_SCHED_NEEDS_BLOCK_P
38f8b050
JR
4791
4792@hook TARGET_SCHED_GEN_SPEC_CHECK
38f8b050 4793
38f8b050 4794@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_FLAGS
38f8b050 4795
176274c9
SB
4796@hook TARGET_SCHED_CAN_SPECULATE_INSN
4797
38f8b050 4798@hook TARGET_SCHED_SMS_RES_MII
38f8b050 4799
7942e47e 4800@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH
7942e47e
RY
4801
4802@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH_DO
7942e47e 4803
b0bd15f7
BS
4804@hook TARGET_SCHED_EXPOSED_PIPELINE
4805
df7b0cc4
EI
4806@hook TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH
4807
b16abbcb
BC
4808@hook TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY
4809
e72531b9
PK
4810@hook TARGET_EXPAND_DIVMOD_LIBFUNC
4811
38f8b050
JR
4812@node Sections
4813@section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{})
4814@c the above section title is WAY too long. maybe cut the part between
4815@c the (...)? --mew 10feb93
4816
4817An object file is divided into sections containing different types of
4818data. In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text
4819section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data
4820section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss
4821section}, which holds uninitialized data. Some systems have other kinds
4822of sections.
4823
4824@file{varasm.c} provides several well-known sections, such as
4825@code{text_section}, @code{data_section} and @code{bss_section}.
4826The normal way of controlling a @code{@var{foo}_section} variable
4827is to define the associated @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macro,
4828as described below. The macros are only read once, when @file{varasm.c}
4829initializes itself, so their values must be run-time constants.
4830They may however depend on command-line flags.
4831
4832@emph{Note:} Some run-time files, such @file{crtstuff.c}, also make
4833use of the @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macros, and expect them
4834to be string literals.
4835
4836Some assemblers require a different string to be written every time a
4837section is selected. If your assembler falls into this category, you
4838should define the @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS} hook and use
4839@code{get_unnamed_section} to set up the sections.
4840
4841You must always create a @code{text_section}, either by defining
4842@code{TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or by initializing @code{text_section}
4843in @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS}. The same is true of
4844@code{data_section} and @code{DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP}. If you do not
4845create a distinct @code{readonly_data_section}, the default is to
4846reuse @code{text_section}.
4847
4848All the other @file{varasm.c} sections are optional, and are null
4849if the target does not provide them.
4850
4851@defmac TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4852A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4853assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data.
4854Normally @code{"\t.text"} is right.
4855@end defmac
4856
4857@defmac HOT_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4858If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing most
4859frequently executed functions of the program. If not defined, GCC will provide
4860a default definition if the target supports named sections.
4861@end defmac
4862
4863@defmac UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4864If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing unlikely
4865executed functions in the program.
4866@end defmac
4867
4868@defmac DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4869A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4870assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized
4871data. Normally @code{"\t.data"} is right.
4872@end defmac
4873
4874@defmac SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4875If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4876containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4877initialized, writable small data.
4878@end defmac
4879
4880@defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4881A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4882assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only initialized
4883data.
4884@end defmac
4885
4886@defmac BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4887If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4888containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
07c5f94e
AS
4889uninitialized global data. If not defined, and
4890@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} not defined,
38f8b050
JR
4891uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if
4892@option{-fno-common} is passed, otherwise @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} will be
4893used.
4894@end defmac
4895
4896@defmac SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4897If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4898containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4899uninitialized, writable small data.
4900@end defmac
4901
4902@defmac TLS_COMMON_ASM_OP
4903If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the
4904assembler operation to identify the following data as thread-local
4905common data. The default is @code{".tls_common"}.
4906@end defmac
4907
4908@defmac TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4909If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4910containing the flag used to mark a section as a TLS section. The
4911default is @code{'T'}.
4912@end defmac
4913
4914@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4915If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4916containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4917initialization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4918not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{init_section}
4919variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4920@end defmac
4921
4922@defmac FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP
4923If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4924containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4925finalization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4926not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{fini_section}
4927variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4928@end defmac
4929
4930@defmac INIT_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4931If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4932containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4933part of the @code{.init_array} (or equivalent) section. If not
4934defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define
4935both this macro and @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4936@end defmac
4937
4938@defmac FINI_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4939If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4940containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4941part of the @code{.fini_array} (or equivalent) section. If not
4942defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define
4943both this macro and @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4944@end defmac
4945
b2eb4ed5
RO
4946@defmac MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4947If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4948containing the flag used to mark a machine-dependent section. This
4949corresponds to the @code{SECTION_MACH_DEP} section flag.
4950@end defmac
4951
38f8b050
JR
4952@defmac CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION (@var{section_op}, @var{function})
4953If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section
4954via @var{section_op}, calls @var{function}, and switches back to
4955the text section. This is used in @file{crtstuff.c} if
4956@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP} to calls
4957to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini
4958sections. By default, this macro uses a simple function call. Some
4959ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on
4960registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that
4961constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section.
4962@end defmac
4963
4964@defmac TARGET_LIBGCC_SDATA_SECTION
4965If defined, a string which names the section into which small
4966variables defined in crtstuff and libgcc should go. This is useful
4967when the target has options for optimizing access to small data, and
4968you want the crtstuff and libgcc routines to be conservative in what
4969they expect of your application yet liberal in what your application
4970expects. For example, for targets with a @code{.sdata} section (like
4971MIPS), you could compile crtstuff with @code{-G 0} so that it doesn't
4972require small data support from your application, but use this macro
4973to put small data into @code{.sdata} so that your application can
4974access these variables whether it uses small data or not.
4975@end defmac
4976
4977@defmac FORCE_CODE_SECTION_ALIGN
4978If defined, an ASM statement that aligns a code section to some
4979arbitrary boundary. This is used to force all fragments of the
4980@code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections to have to same alignment
4981and thus prevent the linker from having to add any padding.
4982@end defmac
4983
4984@defmac JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
4985Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump
4986tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be output in the text
4987section, along with the assembler instructions. Otherwise, the
4988readonly data section is used.
4989
4990This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section.
4991@end defmac
4992
4993@hook TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS
38f8b050
JR
4994
4995@hook TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK
38f8b050 4996
af1682fc
AS
4997@hook TARGET_ASM_GENERATE_PIC_ADDR_DIFF_VEC
4998
38f8b050 4999@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
5000
5001@defmac USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
5002Define this macro if you wish TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION to be called
5003for @code{FUNCTION_DECL}s as well as for variables and constants.
5004
5005In the case of a @code{FUNCTION_DECL}, @var{reloc} will be zero if the
5006function has been determined to be likely to be called, and nonzero if
5007it is unlikely to be called.
5008@end defmac
5009
5010@hook TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
5011
5012@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION
38f8b050 5013
727a65e6
BS
5014@hook TARGET_ASM_MERGEABLE_RODATA_PREFIX
5015
50b0b78a
IS
5016@hook TARGET_ASM_TM_CLONE_TABLE_SECTION
5017
38f8b050 5018@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
5019
5020@hook TARGET_MANGLE_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME
38f8b050
JR
5021
5022@hook TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
38f8b050
JR
5023
5024@hook TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
38f8b050
JR
5025
5026@hook TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
38f8b050
JR
5027
5028@hook TARGET_HAVE_SRODATA_SECTION
38f8b050 5029
3c5273a9
KT
5030@hook TARGET_PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
5031
38f8b050 5032@hook TARGET_BINDS_LOCAL_P
38f8b050
JR
5033
5034@hook TARGET_HAVE_TLS
38f8b050
JR
5035
5036
5037@node PIC
5038@section Position Independent Code
5039@cindex position independent code
5040@cindex PIC
5041
5042This section describes macros that help implement generation of position
5043independent code. Simply defining these macros is not enough to
5044generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the hook
5045@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} and to the macro
5046@code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}. You
5047must modify the definition of @samp{movsi} to do something appropriate
5048when the source operand contains a symbolic address. You may also
5049need to alter the handling of switch statements so that they use
5050relative addresses.
ff2ce160 5051@c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of
38f8b050
JR
5052@c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
5053
5054@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
5055The register number of the register used to address a table of static
5056data addresses in memory. In some cases this register is defined by a
5057processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI)@. When this macro
5058is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack
5059pointer and frame pointer registers. If this macro is not defined, it
5060is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if
5061necessary). Note that this register must be fixed when in use (e.g.@:
5062when @code{flag_pic} is true).
5063@end defmac
5064
5065@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
f8fe0a4a
JM
5066A C expression that is nonzero if the register defined by
5067@code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls. If not defined,
5068the default is zero. Do not define
38f8b050
JR
5069this macro if @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined.
5070@end defmac
5071
5072@defmac LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x})
5073A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate
5074operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
5075You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not
5076check this. You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not
5077check it either. You need not define this macro if all constants
5078(including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating
5079position independent code.
5080@end defmac
5081
5082@node Assembler Format
5083@section Defining the Output Assembler Language
5084
5085This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how
5086to write instructions in assembler language---rather than what the
5087instructions do.
5088
5089@menu
5090* File Framework:: Structural information for the assembler file.
5091* Data Output:: Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses).
5092* Uninitialized Data:: Output of uninitialized variables.
5093* Label Output:: Output and generation of labels.
5094* Initialization:: General principles of initialization
5095 and termination routines.
5096* Macros for Initialization::
5097 Specific macros that control the handling of
5098 initialization and termination routines.
5099* Instruction Output:: Output of actual instructions.
5100* Dispatch Tables:: Output of jump tables.
5101* Exception Region Output:: Output of exception region code.
5102* Alignment Output:: Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data.
5103@end menu
5104
5105@node File Framework
5106@subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File
5107@cindex assembler format
5108@cindex output of assembler code
5109
5110@c prevent bad page break with this line
5111This describes the overall framework of an assembly file.
5112
5113@findex default_file_start
5114@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
38f8b050
JR
5115
5116@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF
38f8b050
JR
5117
5118@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
38f8b050
JR
5119
5120@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
38f8b050
JR
5121
5122@deftypefun void file_end_indicate_exec_stack ()
5123Some systems use a common convention, the @samp{.note.GNU-stack}
5124special section, to indicate whether or not an object file relies on
5125the stack being executable. If your system uses this convention, you
5126should define @code{TARGET_ASM_FILE_END} to this function. If you
5127need to do other things in that hook, have your hook function call
5128this function.
5129@end deftypefun
5130
5131@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_START
38f8b050
JR
5132
5133@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_END
38f8b050
JR
5134
5135@hook TARGET_ASM_CODE_END
38f8b050
JR
5136
5137@defmac ASM_COMMENT_START
5138A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
5139assembler language. The compiler assumes that the comment will end at
5140the end of the line.
5141@end defmac
5142
5143@defmac ASM_APP_ON
5144A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm}
5145statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
5146@code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most
5147assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines
5148that follow for all valid assembler constructs.
5149@end defmac
5150
5151@defmac ASM_APP_OFF
5152A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm}
5153statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
5154@code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the
5155time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output.
5156@end defmac
5157
5158@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5159A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information
5160which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to
5161the stdio stream @var{stream}.
5162
5163This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
5164for the file format in use is appropriate.
5165@end defmac
5166
b5f5d41d
AS
5167@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
5168
a8781821
SB
5169@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT
5170
38f8b050
JR
5171@defmac OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING (@var{stream}, @var{string})
5172A C statement to output the string @var{string} to the stdio stream
5173@var{stream}. If you do not call the function @code{output_quoted_string}
5174in your config files, GCC will only call it to output filenames to
5175the assembler source. So you can use it to canonicalize the format
5176of the filename using this macro.
5177@end defmac
5178
38f8b050 5179@hook TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION
38f8b050 5180
0ee70cc0
AV
5181@hook TARGET_ASM_ELF_FLAGS_NUMERIC
5182
f16d3f39 5183@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SECTION
f16d3f39 5184
14d11d40
IS
5185@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SWITCHED_TEXT_SECTIONS
5186
38f8b050
JR
5187@hook TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS
5188This flag is true if the target supports @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}.
d5fabb58 5189It must not be modified by command-line option processing.
38f8b050
JR
5190@end deftypevr
5191
5192@anchor{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}
5193@hook TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS
38f8b050
JR
5194
5195@hook TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
38f8b050
JR
5196
5197@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES
38f8b050
JR
5198
5199@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
5200
5201@need 2000
5202@node Data Output
5203@subsection Output of Data
5204
5205
5206@hook TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
38f8b050
JR
5207
5208@hook TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
38f8b050 5209
dc2af904
BS
5210@hook TARGET_ASM_DECL_END
5211
6cbd8875 5212@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
6cbd8875 5213
38f8b050
JR
5214@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len})
5215A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
5216instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len}
5217bytes at @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type
5218@code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}.
5219
5220If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the
5221Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro
5222@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}.
5223@end defmac
5224
5225@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{n})
5226A C statement to output word @var{n} of a function descriptor for
5227@var{decl}. This must be defined if @code{TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS}
5228is defined, and is otherwise unused.
5229@end defmac
5230
5231@defmac CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
5232You may define this macro as a C expression. You should define the
5233expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant
5234pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if
5235GCC should output the constant pool after the function. If you do
5236not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant
5237pool before the function.
5238@end defmac
5239
5240@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{funname}, @var{fundecl}, @var{size})
5241A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the
5242constant pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving
5243the name of the function. Should the return type of the function
5244be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}. @var{size}
5245is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written
5246immediately after this call.
5247
5248If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need
5249not be defined.
5250@end defmac
5251
5252@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto})
5253A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the
5254constant pool, if it needs special treatment. (This macro need not do
5255anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.)
5256
5257The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the
5258assembler code on. @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to
5259output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a
5260@samp{const_int}). @var{align} is the required alignment for the value
5261@var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much
5262alignment.
5263
5264The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for
5265the address of this pool entry. The definition of this macro is
5266responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place.
5267Here is how to do this:
5268
5269@smallexample
5270@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno});
5271@end smallexample
5272
5273When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a
5274@code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}. This will prevent the same pool
5275entry from being output a second time in the usual manner.
5276
5277You need not define this macro if it would do nothing.
5278@end defmac
5279
5280@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size})
5281A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant
5282pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving the name of the
5283function. Should the return type of the function be required, you can
5284obtain it via @var{fundecl}. @var{size} is the size, in bytes, of the
5285constant pool that GCC wrote immediately before this call.
5286
5287If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not
5288define this macro.
5289@end defmac
5290
5291@defmac IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C}, @var{STR})
5292Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is
5293used as a logical line separator by the assembler. @var{STR} points
5294to the position in the string where @var{C} was found; this can be used if
5295a line separator uses multiple characters.
5296
5297If you do not define this macro, the default is that only
5298the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator.
5299@end defmac
5300
5301@hook TARGET_ASM_OPEN_PAREN
38f8b050
JR
5302
5303These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions
5304of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like:
5305
5306@defmac REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5307@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5308@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5309@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5310@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL64 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5311@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL128 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5312These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the
5313target's floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in
5314the variable @var{l}. For @code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE} and
5315@code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32}, this variable should be a
5316simple @code{long int}. For the others, it should be an array of
5317@code{long int}. The number of elements in this array is determined
5318by the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of
5319it go in each @code{long int} array element. Each array element holds
532032 bits of the result, even if @code{long int} is wider than 32 bits
5321on the host machine.
5322
5323The array element values are designed so that you can print them out
5324using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target
5325machine's memory.
5326@end defmac
5327
5328@node Uninitialized Data
5329@subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables
5330
5331Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of
5332outputting a single uninitialized variable.
5333
5334@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5335A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5336@var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named
5337@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
5338is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants. It is
5339possible that @var{size} may be zero, for instance if a struct with no
5340other member than a zero-length array is defined. In this case, the
5341backend must output a symbol definition that allocates at least one
5342byte, both so that the address of the resulting object does not compare
5343equal to any other, and because some object formats cannot even express
5344the concept of a zero-sized common symbol, as that is how they represent
5345an ordinary undefined external.
5346
5347Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5348output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5349assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5350
5351This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5352common global variables are output.
5353@end defmac
5354
5355@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5356Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a
5357separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
5358place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in
5359handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
5360as the number of bits.
5361@end defmac
5362
5363@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5364Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} except that @var{decl} of the
5365variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5366is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5367in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} and
5368@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON}. Define this macro when you need to see
5369the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5370@end defmac
5371
07c5f94e 5372@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
38f8b050
JR
5373A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5374@var{stream} the assembler definition of uninitialized global @var{decl} named
07c5f94e
AS
5375@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{alignment}
5376is the alignment specified as the number of bits.
38f8b050 5377
07c5f94e
AS
5378Try to use function @code{asm_output_aligned_bss} defined in file
5379@file{varasm.c} when defining this macro. If unable, use the expression
38f8b050
JR
5380@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name itself;
5381before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining
5382the name, and a newline.
5383
07c5f94e 5384There are two ways of handling global BSS@. One is to define this macro.
38f8b050
JR
5385The other is to have @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION} return a
5386switchable BSS section (@pxref{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}).
5387You do not need to do both.
5388
5389Some languages do not have @code{common} data, and require a
5390non-common form of global BSS in order to handle uninitialized globals
5391efficiently. C++ is one example of this. However, if the target does
5392not support global BSS, the front end may choose to make globals
5393common in order to save space in the object file.
5394@end defmac
5395
38f8b050
JR
5396@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5397A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5398@var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named
5399@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
5400is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
5401
5402Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5403output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5404assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5405
5406This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5407static variables are output.
5408@end defmac
5409
5410@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5411Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a
5412separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
5413place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in
5414handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
5415as the number of bits.
5416@end defmac
5417
5418@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
b73f6902 5419Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL} except that @var{decl} of the
38f8b050
JR
5420variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5421is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it
b73f6902
JJ
5422in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} and
5423@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL}. Define this macro when you need to see
38f8b050
JR
5424the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5425@end defmac
5426
5427@node Label Output
5428@subsection Output and Generation of Labels
5429
5430@c prevent bad page break with this line
5431This is about outputting labels.
5432
5433@findex assemble_name
5434@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5435A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5436@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}.
5437Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5438output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5439assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default
5440definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5441@end defmac
5442
135a687e
KT
5443@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5444A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5445@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name} of
5446a function.
5447Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5448output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5449assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default
5450definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5451
5452If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5453usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5454@end defmac
5455
38f8b050
JR
5456@findex assemble_name_raw
5457@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5458Identical to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}, except that @var{name} is known
5459to refer to a compiler-generated label. The default definition uses
5460@code{assemble_name_raw}, which is like @code{assemble_name} except
5461that it is more efficient.
5462@end defmac
5463
5464@defmac SIZE_ASM_OP
5465A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5466size of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the
5467default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.size\t"}; on other
5468systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5469
5470Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definitions
5471of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE}
5472for your system. If you need your own custom definitions of those
5473macros, or if you do not need explicit symbol sizes at all, do not
5474define this macro.
5475@end defmac
5476
5477@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size})
5478A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5479@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the size of the
5480symbol @var{name} is @var{size}. @var{size} is a @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}.
5481If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5482provided.
5483@end defmac
5484
5485@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5486A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5487@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler to calculate the size of
5488the symbol @var{name} by subtracting its address from the current
5489address.
5490
5491If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5492provided. The default assumes that the assembler recognizes a special
5493@samp{.} symbol as referring to the current address, and can calculate
5494the difference between this and another symbol. If your assembler does
5495not recognize @samp{.} or cannot do calculations with it, you will need
5496to redefine @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} to use some other technique.
5497@end defmac
5498
e537ef59
GP
5499@defmac NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL
5500Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5501@samp{$} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in
5502G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers. If this macro is defined,
5503@samp{.} is used instead.
5504@end defmac
5505
5506@defmac NO_DOT_IN_LABEL
5507Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5508@samp{.} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in G++
5509have names that use @samp{.}. If this macro is defined, these names
5510are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}.
5511@end defmac
5512
38f8b050
JR
5513@defmac TYPE_ASM_OP
5514A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5515type of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the
5516default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.type\t"}; on other
5517systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5518
5519Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5520@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own
5521custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5522types at all, do not define this macro.
5523@end defmac
5524
5525@defmac TYPE_OPERAND_FMT
5526A C string which specifies (using @code{printf} syntax) the format of
5527the second operand to @code{TYPE_ASM_OP}. On systems that use ELF, the
5528default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"@@%s"}; on other systems,
5529the default is not to define this macro.
5530
5531Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5532@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own
5533custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5534types at all, do not define this macro.
5535@end defmac
5536
5537@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{type})
5538A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5539@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the type of the
5540symbol @var{name} is @var{type}. @var{type} is a C string; currently,
5541that string is always either @samp{"function"} or @samp{"object"}, but
5542you should not count on this.
5543
5544If you define @code{TYPE_ASM_OP} and @code{TYPE_OPERAND_FMT}, a default
5545definition of this macro is provided.
5546@end defmac
5547
5548@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5549A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5550@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5551function which is being defined. This macro is responsible for
5552outputting the label definition (perhaps using
135a687e 5553@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the
38f8b050
JR
5554@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5555
5556If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
135a687e 5557usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).
38f8b050
JR
5558
5559You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5560of this macro.
5561@end defmac
5562
5563@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5564A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5565@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function
5566which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5567function. The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node
5568representing the function.
5569
5570If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined.
5571
5572You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5573of this macro.
5574@end defmac
5575
11c3d071
CT
5576@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5577A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5578@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5579cold function partition which is being defined. This macro is responsible
5580for outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5581@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the
5582@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5583
5584If this macro is not defined, then the cold partition name is defined in the
5585usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5586
5587You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5588of this macro.
5589@end defmac
5590
5591@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5592A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5593@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a cold function
5594partition which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5595cold partition of the function. The argument @var{decl} is the
5596@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5597
5598If this macro is not defined, then the partition size is not defined.
5599
5600You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5601of this macro.
5602@end defmac
5603
38f8b050
JR
5604@defmac ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5605A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5606@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an
5607initialized variable which is being defined. This macro must output the
5608label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). The argument
5609@var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable.
5610
5611If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the
5612usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5613
5614You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5615@code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition of this macro.
5616@end defmac
5617
ad78130c 5618@hook TARGET_ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME
38f8b050
JR
5619
5620@defmac ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{regno}, @var{name})
5621A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5622@var{stream} any text necessary for claiming a register @var{regno}
5623for a global variable @var{decl} with name @var{name}.
5624
5625If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5626nothing.
5627@end defmac
5628
5629@defmac ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend})
5630A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name
5631once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a
5632chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an
5633initializer. This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare
5634something about the size of the object.
5635
5636If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5637nothing.
5638
5639You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5640@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition of this macro.
5641@end defmac
5642
5643@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
38f8b050
JR
5644
5645@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_DECL_NAME
38f8b050 5646
0d4b5b86
BS
5647@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_UNDEFINED_DECL
5648
38f8b050
JR
5649@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5650A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5651@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak;
5652that is, available for reference from other files but only used if
5653no other definition is available. Use the expression
5654@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name
5655itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
5656for making that name weak, and a newline.
5657
5658If you don't define this macro or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}, GCC will not
5659support weak symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK}
5660macro.
5661@end defmac
5662
5663@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5664Combines (and replaces) the function of @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} and
5665@code{ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS}, allowing access to the associated function
5666or variable decl. If @var{value} is not @code{NULL}, this C statement
5667should output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code which
5668defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5669@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it should output commands
5670to make @var{name} weak.
5671@end defmac
5672
5673@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5674Outputs a directive that enables @var{name} to be used to refer to
5675symbol @var{value} with weak-symbol semantics. @code{decl} is the
5676declaration of @code{name}.
5677@end defmac
5678
5679@defmac SUPPORTS_WEAK
74b90fe2
JDA
5680A preprocessor constant expression which evaluates to true if the target
5681supports weak symbols.
38f8b050
JR
5682
5683If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5684definition. If either @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}
74b90fe2
JDA
5685is defined, the default definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.
5686@end defmac
5687
5688@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
5689A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols.
5690
5691If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5692definition. The default definition is @samp{(SUPPORTS_WEAK)}. Define
5693this macro if you want to control weak symbol support with a compiler
5694flag such as @option{-melf}.
38f8b050
JR
5695@end defmac
5696
5697@defmac MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (@var{decl})
5698A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark @var{decl} to be emitted as a
5699public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units will
5700be discarded by the linker. Define this macro if your object file
5701format provides support for this concept, such as the @samp{COMDAT}
5702section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this support
5703requires changes to @var{decl}, such as putting it in a separate section.
5704@end defmac
5705
5706@defmac SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY
5707A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only
5708semantics.
5709
5710If you don't define this macro, @file{varasm.c} provides a default
5711definition. If @code{MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY} is defined, the default
5712definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}. Define this macro if
5713you want to control one-only symbol support with a compiler flag, or if
5714setting the @code{DECL_ONE_ONLY} flag is enough to mark a declaration to
5715be emitted as one-only.
5716@end defmac
5717
5718@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_VISIBILITY
38f8b050
JR
5719
5720@defmac TARGET_WEAK_NOT_IN_ARCHIVE_TOC
5721A C expression that evaluates to true if the target's linker expects
5722that weak symbols do not appear in a static archive's table of contents.
5723The default is @code{0}.
5724
5725Leaving weak symbols out of an archive's table of contents means that,
5726if a symbol will only have a definition in one translation unit and
5727will have undefined references from other translation units, that
5728symbol should not be weak. Defining this macro to be nonzero will
5729thus have the effect that certain symbols that would normally be weak
5730(explicit template instantiations, and vtables for polymorphic classes
5731with noninline key methods) will instead be nonweak.
5732
5733The C++ ABI requires this macro to be zero. Define this macro for
5734targets where full C++ ABI compliance is impossible and where linker
5735restrictions require weak symbols to be left out of a static archive's
5736table of contents.
5737@end defmac
5738
5739@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name})
5740A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5741@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external
5742symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but
5743not defined. The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the
5744declaration.
5745
5746This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything.
5747The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything.
5748@end defmac
5749
5750@hook TARGET_ASM_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL
38f8b050
JR
5751
5752@hook TARGET_ASM_MARK_DECL_PRESERVED
38f8b050
JR
5753
5754@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5755A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5756@var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named
5757@var{name}. This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that
5758is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix
5759systems. This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}.
5760@end defmac
5761
77754180
DK
5762@hook TARGET_MANGLE_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5763
38f8b050
JR
5764@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SYMBOL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{sym})
5765A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to
5766@code{SYMBOL_REF} @var{sym}. If not defined, @code{assemble_name}
5767will be used to output the name of the symbol. This macro may be used
5768to modify the way a symbol is referenced depending on information
5769encoded by @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}.
5770@end defmac
5771
5772@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{buf})
5773A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to @var{buf}, the
5774result of @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}. If not defined,
5775@code{assemble_name} will be used to output the name of the symbol.
5776This macro is not used by @code{output_asm_label}, or the @code{%l}
5777specifier that calls it; the intention is that this macro should be set
5778when it is necessary to output a label differently when its address is
5779being taken.
5780@end defmac
5781
5782@hook TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
38f8b050
JR
5783
5784@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5785A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a debug info
5786label whose name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number
5787@var{num}. This is useful for VLIW targets, where debug info labels
5788may need to be treated differently than branch target labels. On some
5789systems, branch target labels must be at the beginning of instruction
5790bundles, but debug info labels can occur in the middle of instruction
5791bundles.
5792
5793If this macro is not defined, then @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} will be
5794used.
5795@end defmac
5796
5797@defmac ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5798A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name
5799is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}.
5800
5801This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should
5802produce the output that @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} would produce
5803with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}.
5804
5805If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will
5806output the rest of the string unchanged. It is often convenient for
5807@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way. If the
5808string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets
5809to output the string, and may change it. (Of course,
5810@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so
5811you should know what it does on your machine.)
5812@end defmac
5813
5814@defmac ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number})
5815A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type
5816@code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string
5817@var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation
5818added. Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string.
5819
5820The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to
5821produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is
5822@var{name}. Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid
5823assembler code. The argument @var{number} is different each time this
5824macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named
5825internal static variables in different scopes.
5826
5827Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any
5828conflict with the user's own symbols. Most assemblers allow periods
5829or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these
5830between the name and the number will suffice.
5831
5832If this macro is not defined, a default definition will be provided
5833which is correct for most systems.
5834@end defmac
5835
5836@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5837A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5838which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}.
5839
5840@findex SET_ASM_OP
5841If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5842correct for most systems.
5843@end defmac
5844
5845@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (@var{stream}, @var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5846A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5847which defines (equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name}
5848to have the value of the tree node @var{decl_of_value}. This macro will
5849be used in preference to @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} if it is defined and if
5850the tree nodes are available.
5851
5852@findex SET_ASM_OP
5853If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5854correct for most systems.
5855@end defmac
5856
5857@defmac TARGET_DEFERRED_OUTPUT_DEFS (@var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5858A C statement that evaluates to true if the assembler code which defines
5859(equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} to have the value
5860of the tree node @var{decl_of_value} should be emitted near the end of the
5861current compilation unit. The default is to not defer output of defines.
5862This macro affects defines output by @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} and
5863@samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS}.
5864@end defmac
5865
5866@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5867A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5868which defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5869@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it defines @var{name} as
5870an undefined weak symbol.
5871
5872Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define
5873@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} instead if possible.
5874@end defmac
5875
5876@defmac OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name})
5877Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for
5878Objective-C methods.
5879
5880The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the
5881class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}). For methods in categories, the name of
5882the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@:
5883@samp{_1_Foo_Bar}).
5884
5885These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since
5886the method's selector is not present in the name. Therefore, particular
5887systems define other ways of computing names.
5888
5889@var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a
5890buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as
5891@var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus
589250 characters extra.
5893
5894The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance
5895method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class;
5896@var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or @code{NULL} if the method is not
5897in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector.
5898
5899On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this
5900macro to provide more human-readable names.
5901@end defmac
5902
38f8b050
JR
5903@node Initialization
5904@subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled
5905@cindex initialization routines
5906@cindex termination routines
5907@cindex constructors, output of
5908@cindex destructors, output of
5909
5910The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors}
5911(also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize
5912data in the program when the program is started. These functions need
5913to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before
5914@code{main} is called.
5915
5916Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called
5917@dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program
5918terminates.
5919
5920To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler
5921must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to
5922be called at the appropriate time. When you port the compiler to a new
5923system, you need to specify how to do this.
5924
5925There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of
5926initialization and termination functions. Each way has two variants.
5927Much of the structure is common to all four variations.
5928
5929@findex __CTOR_LIST__
5930@findex __DTOR_LIST__
5931The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of
5932initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of
5933termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}.
5934
5935Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold
59360, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on
5937the environment). This is followed by a series of zero or more function
5938pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function
5939pointer containing zero.
5940
5941Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either
5942@file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup
5943time and exit time. Constructors are called in reverse order of the
5944list; destructors in forward order.
5945
5946The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file
5947formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections. A section is set
5948aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors.
5949Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}. Each
5950object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in
5951the constructor section to point to that function. The linker
5952accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section.
5953Termination functions are handled similarly.
5954
5955This method will be chosen as the default by @file{target-def.h} if
5956@code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is defined. A target that does not
5957support arbitrary sections, but does support special designated
5958constructor and destructor sections may define @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5959and @code{DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} to achieve the same effect.
5960
5961When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending
5962upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called. On systems that
5963support a @dfn{.init} section which is executed at program startup,
5964parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section. The
5965program is linked by the @command{gcc} driver like this:
5966
5967@smallexample
5968ld -o @var{output_file} crti.o crtbegin.o @dots{} -lgcc crtend.o crtn.o
5969@end smallexample
5970
5971The prologue of a function (@code{__init}) appears in the @code{.init}
5972section of @file{crti.o}; the epilogue appears in @file{crtn.o}. Likewise
5973for the function @code{__fini} in the @dfn{.fini} section. Normally these
5974files are provided by the operating system or by the GNU C library, but
5975are provided by GCC for a few targets.
5976
5977The objects @file{crtbegin.o} and @file{crtend.o} are (for most targets)
5978compiled from @file{crtstuff.c}. They contain, among other things, code
5979fragments within the @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections that branch
5980to routines in the @code{.text} section. The linker will pull all parts
5981of a section together, which results in a complete @code{__init} function
5982that invokes the routines we need at startup.
5983
5984To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5985macro properly.
5986
5987If no init section is available, when GCC compiles any function called
5988@code{main} (or more accurately, any function designated as a program
5989entry point by the language front end calling @code{expand_main_function}),
5990it inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code
5991after the function prologue. The @code{__main} function is defined
5992in @file{libgcc2.c} and runs the global constructors.
5993
5994In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again
5995two variants. In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld})
5996and an `a.out' format must be used. In this case,
5997@code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs}
5998entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__},
5999and with the address of the void function containing the initialization
6000code as its value. The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add
6001the value to a @dfn{set}; the values are accumulated, and are eventually
6002placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with
6003a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element.
6004@code{TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly. Since no init
6005section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes
6006the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting
6007the initialization process.
6008
6009The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker.
6010This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using
6011file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'@. In
6012this case, @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is false, initialization and
6013termination functions are recognized simply by their names. This requires
6014an extra program in the linkage step, called @command{collect2}. This program
6015pretends to be the linker, for use with GCC; it does its job by running
6016the ordinary linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of
6017initialization and termination functions. These functions are called
6018via @code{__main} as described above. In order to use this method,
6019@code{use_collect2} must be defined in the target in @file{config.gcc}.
6020
6021@ifinfo
6022The following section describes the specific macros that control and
6023customize the handling of initialization and termination functions.
6024@end ifinfo
6025
6026@node Macros for Initialization
6027@subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines
6028
6029Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization
6030and termination functions:
6031
6032@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6033If defined, a C string constant, including spacing, for the assembler
6034operation to identify the following data as initialization code. If not
6035defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. When you are
6036using special sections for initialization and termination functions, this
6037macro also controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to
6038run the initialization functions.
6039@end defmac
6040
6041@defmac HAS_INIT_SECTION
6042If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above.
6043This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code
6044on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not
6045be defined explicitly for systems that support @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
6046@end defmac
6047
6048@defmac LD_INIT_SWITCH
6049If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6050the following symbol is an initialization routine.
6051@end defmac
6052
6053@defmac LD_FINI_SWITCH
6054If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6055the following symbol is a finalization routine.
6056@end defmac
6057
6058@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_INIT_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6059If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6060automatically called when a shared library is loaded. The function
6061should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and
6062the object format requires an explicit initialization function, then a
6063function called @code{_GLOBAL__DI} will be generated.
6064
6065This function and the following one are used by collect2 when linking a
6066shared library that needs constructors or destructors, or has DWARF2
6067exception tables embedded in the code.
6068@end defmac
6069
6070@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_FINI_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6071If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6072automatically called when a shared library is unloaded. The function
6073should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and
6074the object format requires an explicit finalization function, then a
6075function called @code{_GLOBAL__DD} will be generated.
6076@end defmac
6077
6078@defmac INVOKE__main
6079If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of
6080@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. This macro should be defined for systems
6081where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still
6082useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors.
6083@end defmac
6084
6085@defmac SUPPORTS_INIT_PRIORITY
6086If nonzero, the C++ @code{init_priority} attribute is supported and the
6087compiler should emit instructions to control the order of initialization
6088of objects. If zero, the compiler will issue an error message upon
6089encountering an @code{init_priority} attribute.
6090@end defmac
6091
6092@hook TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS
38f8b050
JR
6093
6094@hook TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR
38f8b050
JR
6095
6096@hook TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR
38f8b050
JR
6097
6098If @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is true, the initialization routine
6099generated for the generated object file will have static linkage.
6100
6101If your system uses @command{collect2} as the means of processing
6102constructors, then that program normally uses @command{nm} to scan
6103an object file for constructor functions to be called.
6104
6105On certain kinds of systems, you can define this macro to make
6106@command{collect2} work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at all):
6107
6108@defmac OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF
6109Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format)
6110object files, so that @command{collect2} can assume this format and scan
6111object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions.
6112
6113This macro is effective only in a native compiler; @command{collect2} as
6114part of a cross compiler always uses @command{nm} for the target machine.
6115@end defmac
6116
6117@defmac REAL_NM_FILE_NAME
6118Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use
6119to execute @command{nm}. The default is to search the path normally for
6120@command{nm}.
3e794bfe
RO
6121@end defmac
6122
6123@defmac NM_FLAGS
6124@command{collect2} calls @command{nm} to scan object files for static
6125constructors and destructors and LTO info. By default, @option{-n} is
6126passed. Define @code{NM_FLAGS} to a C string constant if other options
2b0d3573 6127are needed to get the same output format as GNU @command{nm -n}
3e794bfe
RO
6128produces.
6129@end defmac
38f8b050
JR
6130
6131If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the
6132dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define
6133these macros to enable support for running initialization and
6134termination functions in shared libraries:
38f8b050
JR
6135
6136@defmac LDD_SUFFIX
6137Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program
3e794bfe 6138which lists dynamic dependencies, like @command{ldd} under SunOS 4.
38f8b050
JR
6139@end defmac
6140
6141@defmac PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{ptr})
6142Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output
6143of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. @var{ptr} is a variable
6144of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output
6145from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the
6146code must advance @var{ptr} to the beginning of the filename on that
6147line. Otherwise, it must set @var{ptr} to @code{NULL}.
6148@end defmac
6149
6150@defmac SHLIB_SUFFIX
6151Define this macro to a C string constant containing the default shared
6152library extension of the target (e.g., @samp{".so"}). @command{collect2}
6153strips version information after this suffix when generating global
6154constructor and destructor names. This define is only needed on targets
6155that use @command{collect2} to process constructors and destructors.
6156@end defmac
6157
6158@node Instruction Output
6159@subsection Output of Assembler Instructions
6160
6161@c prevent bad page break with this line
6162This describes assembler instruction output.
6163
6164@defmac REGISTER_NAMES
6165A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine
6166registers, each one as a C string constant. This is what translates
6167register numbers in the compiler into assembler language.
6168@end defmac
6169
6170@defmac ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
6171If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name
6172and a register number. This macro defines additional names for hard
6173registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer
6174to registers using alternate names.
6175@end defmac
6176
0c6d290e
RE
6177@defmac OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
6178If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a
6179name, a register number and a count of the number of consecutive
6180machine registers the name overlaps. This macro defines additional
6181names for hard registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in
6182declarations to refer to registers using alternate names. Unlike
6183@code{ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES}, this macro should be used when the
6184register name implies multiple underlying registers.
6185
6186This macro should be used when it is important that a clobber in an
6187@code{asm} statement clobbers all the underlying values implied by the
6188register name. For example, on ARM, clobbering the double-precision
6189VFP register ``d0'' implies clobbering both single-precision registers
6190``s0'' and ``s1''.
6191@end defmac
6192
38f8b050
JR
6193@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr})
6194Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that
6195requires different names for the machine instructions.
6196
6197The definition is a C statement or statements which output an
6198assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}. The
6199macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which
6200points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is
6201written in the machine description. The definition should output the
6202opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and
6203increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode
6204so that it will not be output twice.
6205
6206In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode
6207name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text
6208that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take
6209care of the substitution yourself. Just be sure to increment
6210@var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally.
6211
6212@findex recog_data.operand
6213If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the
6214elements of @code{recog_data.operand}.
6215
6216If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output
6217in the usual way.
6218@end defmac
6219
6220@defmac FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands})
6221If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of
6222assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so
6223they will be output differently.
6224
6225Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands
6226extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of
6227elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
6228The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn
6229template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output
6230by changing the contents of the vector.
6231
6232This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single
6233file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you
6234can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such
6235as with rearranged operands). Naturally, variations in assembler
6236syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by
6237writing conditional output routines in those patterns.
6238
6239If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement.
6240@end defmac
6241
6242@hook TARGET_ASM_FINAL_POSTSCAN_INSN
38f8b050
JR
6243
6244@defmac PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code})
6245A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6246assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}. @var{x} is an
6247RTL expression.
6248
6249@var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
6250of printing the operand. It is used when identical operands must be
6251printed differently depending on the context. @var{code} comes from
6252the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the
6253operand. If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then
6254@var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr}
6255@var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}.
6256
6257@findex reg_names
6258If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
6259The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is
6260@code{char *[]}. @code{reg_names} is initialized from
6261@code{REGISTER_NAMES}.
6262
6263When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}}
6264(a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called
6265with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for
6266@var{code}.
6267@end defmac
6268
6269@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code})
6270A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid
6271punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro. If
6272@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no
6273punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used
6274in this way.
6275@end defmac
6276
6277@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x})
6278A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6279assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference
6280whose address is @var{x}. @var{x} is an RTL expression.
6281
6282@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage
6283On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the
6284section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the hook
6285@code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the
6286@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. @xref{Assembler
6287Format}.
6288@end defmac
6289
6290@findex dbr_sequence_length
6291@defmac DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND (@var{file})
6292A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have
6293been output. If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to
6294determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not
6295currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output,
6296or whatever.
6297
6298Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in
6299reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made
6300explicit (e.g.@: with white space).
6301@end defmac
6302
6303@findex final_sequence
6304Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be
6305prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence
6306(i.e.@: when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be
6307found.) The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not
6308processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx
6309being output.
6310
6311@findex asm_fprintf
6312@defmac REGISTER_PREFIX
6313@defmacx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
6314@defmacx USER_LABEL_PREFIX
6315@defmacx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX
6316If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L},
6317@samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see
6318@file{final.c}). These are useful when a single @file{md} file must
6319support multiple assembler formats. In that case, the various @file{tm.h}
6320files can define these macros differently.
6321@end defmac
6322
6323@defmac ASM_FPRINTF_EXTENSIONS (@var{file}, @var{argptr}, @var{format})
6324If defined this macro should expand to a series of @code{case}
6325statements which will be parsed inside the @code{switch} statement of
6326the @code{asm_fprintf} function. This allows targets to define extra
6327printf formats which may useful when generating their assembler
6328statements. Note that uppercase letters are reserved for future
6329generic extensions to asm_fprintf, and so are not available to target
6330specific code. The output file is given by the parameter @var{file}.
6331The varargs input pointer is @var{argptr} and the rest of the format
6332string, starting the character after the one that is being switched
6333upon, is pointed to by @var{format}.
6334@end defmac
6335
6336@defmac ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
6337If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as
6338different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the
6339numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the
6340first variant.
6341
6342If this macro is defined, you may use constructs of the form
6343@smallexample
6344@samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}}
6345@end smallexample
6346@noindent
6347in the output templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the
6348first argument of @code{asm_fprintf}. This construct outputs
6349@samp{option0}, @samp{option1}, @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of
6350@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one, two, etc. Any special characters
6351within these strings retain their usual meaning. If there are fewer
6352alternatives within the braces than the value of
382522cb
MK
6353@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT}, the construct outputs nothing. If it's needed
6354to print curly braces or @samp{|} character in assembler output directly,
6355@samp{%@{}, @samp{%@}} and @samp{%|} can be used.
38f8b050
JR
6356
6357If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and
6358@samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or
6359operands to @code{asm_fprintf}.
6360
6361Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX},
6362@code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express
6363the variations in assembler language syntax with that mechanism. Define
6364@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax
6365if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different
6366opcodes or operand order.
6367@end defmac
6368
6369@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6370A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6371which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack.
6372The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6373profiling.
6374@end defmac
6375
6376@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6377A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6378which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack.
6379The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6380profiling.
6381@end defmac
6382
6383@node Dispatch Tables
6384@subsection Output of Dispatch Tables
6385
6386@c prevent bad page break with this line
6387This concerns dispatch tables.
6388
6389@cindex dispatch table
6390@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{body}, @var{value}, @var{rel})
6391A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6392pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels.
6393@var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two internal labels. The
6394definitions of these labels are output using
6395@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}, and they must be printed in the same
6396way here. For example,
6397
6398@smallexample
6399fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n",
6400 @var{value}, @var{rel})
6401@end smallexample
6402
6403You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a
6404dispatch table are relative to the table's own address. If defined, GCC
6405will also use this macro on all machines when producing PIC@.
6406@var{body} is the body of the @code{ADDR_DIFF_VEC}; it is provided so that the
6407mode and flags can be read.
6408@end defmac
6409
6410@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
6411This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
6412in a dispatch table are absolute.
6413
6414The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
6415@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to
6416a label. @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose
6417definition is output using @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6418For example,
6419
6420@smallexample
6421fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value})
6422@end smallexample
6423@end defmac
6424
6425@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6426Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output
6427specially. The first three arguments are the same as for
6428@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}; the fourth argument is the
da5c6bde 6429jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_table_data} containing an
38f8b050
JR
6430@code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}).
6431
6432This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement
6433for the table.
6434
6435If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with
6436@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6437@end defmac
6438
6439@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6440Define this if something special must be output at the end of a
6441jump-table. The definition should be a C statement to be executed
6442after the assembler code for the table is written. It should write
6443the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}. The argument
6444@var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number
6445of the preceding label.
6446
6447If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of
6448the jump-table.
6449@end defmac
6450
dddb7af4
ST
6451@hook TARGET_ASM_POST_CFI_STARTPROC
6452
38f8b050 6453@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_UNWIND_LABEL
38f8b050
JR
6454
6455@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_TABLE_LABEL
38f8b050 6456
a68b5e52
RH
6457@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY
6458
38f8b050 6459@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT
38f8b050 6460
5d46ec3d
IS
6461@hook TARGET_ASM_MAKE_EH_SYMBOL_INDIRECT
6462
3bc6b3e6
RH
6463@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT_BEFORE_INSN
6464
38f8b050
JR
6465@node Exception Region Output
6466@subsection Assembler Commands for Exception Regions
6467
6468@c prevent bad page break with this line
6469
6470This describes commands marking the start and the end of an exception
6471region.
6472
6473@defmac EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
6474If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing
6475exception handling frame unwind information. If not defined, GCC will
6476provide a default definition if the target supports named sections.
6477@file{crtstuff.c} uses this macro to switch to the appropriate section.
6478
6479You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame
6480unwind information and the default definition does not work.
6481@end defmac
6482
04218b35
AD
6483@defmac EH_FRAME_THROUGH_COLLECT2
6484If defined, DWARF 2 frame unwind information will identified by
6485specially named labels. The collect2 process will locate these
6486labels and generate code to register the frames.
38f8b050 6487
04218b35
AD
6488This might be necessary, for instance, if the system linker will not
6489place the eh_frames in-between the sentinals from @file{crtstuff.c},
6490or if the system linker does garbage collection and sections cannot
6491be marked as not to be collected.
38f8b050
JR
6492@end defmac
6493
6494@defmac EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
6495Define this macro to 1 if your target is such that no frame unwind
6496information encoding used with non-PIC code will ever require a
6497runtime relocation, but the linker may not support merging read-only
6498and read-write sections into a single read-write section.
6499@end defmac
6500
6501@defmac MASK_RETURN_ADDR
6502An rtx used to mask the return address found via @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX}, so
6503that it does not contain any extraneous set bits in it.
6504@end defmac
6505
6506@defmac DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
6507Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6508information, but it does not yet work with exception handling.
6509Otherwise, if your target supports this information (if it defines
01a07a64
SB
6510@code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and @code{OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF}),
6511GCC will provide a default definition of 1.
f0a0390e 6512@end defmac
38f8b050 6513
f0a0390e
RH
6514@hook TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO
6515This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for exception handling
6516by the target. If the target has ABI specified unwind tables, the hook
6517should return @code{UI_TARGET}. If the target is to use the
6518@code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling scheme, the hook
6519should return @code{UI_SJLJ}. If the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6520information, the hook should return @code{UI_DWARF2}.
38f8b050 6521
f0a0390e
RH
6522A target may, if exceptions are disabled, choose to return @code{UI_NONE}.
6523This may end up simplifying other parts of target-specific code. The
6524default implementation of this hook never returns @code{UI_NONE}.
38f8b050 6525
f0a0390e 6526Note that the value returned by this hook should be constant. It should
d5fabb58
JM
6527not depend on anything except the command-line switches described by
6528@var{opts}. In particular, the
f0a0390e
RH
6529setting @code{UI_SJLJ} must be fixed at compiler start-up as C pre-processor
6530macros and builtin functions related to exception handling are set up
6531depending on this setting.
6532
6533The default implementation of the hook first honors the
6534@option{--enable-sjlj-exceptions} configure option, then
d5fabb58
JM
6535@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO}, and finally defaults to @code{UI_SJLJ}. If
6536@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} depends on command-line options, the target
6537must define this hook so that @var{opts} is used correctly.
f0a0390e 6538@end deftypefn
38f8b050
JR
6539
6540@hook TARGET_UNWIND_TABLES_DEFAULT
6541This variable should be set to @code{true} if the target ABI requires unwinding
d5fabb58
JM
6542tables even when exceptions are not used. It must not be modified by
6543command-line option processing.
38f8b050
JR
6544@end deftypevr
6545
38f8b050
JR
6546@defmac DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP
6547Define this macro to 1 if the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based scheme
6548should use the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp} functions from the C library
6549instead of the @code{__builtin_setjmp}/@code{__builtin_longjmp} machinery.
6550@end defmac
6551
39ce30d8
SB
6552@defmac JMP_BUF_SIZE
6553This macro has no effect unless @code{DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP} is also
6554defined. Define this macro if the default size of @code{jmp_buf} buffer
6555for the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism
6556is not large enough, or if it is much too large.
6557The default size is @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof(void *)}.
6558@end defmac
6559
38f8b050
JR
6560@defmac DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
6561This macro need only be defined if the target might save registers in the
6562function prologue at an offset to the stack pointer that is not aligned to
6563@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. The definition should be the negative minimum
62f9f30b 6564alignment if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is true, and the positive
180295ed 6565minimum alignment otherwise. @xref{DWARF}. Only applicable if
38f8b050
JR
6566the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind information.
6567@end defmac
6568
6569@hook TARGET_TERMINATE_DW2_EH_FRAME_INFO
38f8b050
JR
6570
6571@hook TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN
38f8b050 6572
ff050c66
MF
6573@hook TARGET_DWARF_FRAME_REG_MODE
6574
38f8b050 6575@hook TARGET_INIT_DWARF_REG_SIZES_EXTRA
38f8b050
JR
6576
6577@hook TARGET_ASM_TTYPE
38f8b050
JR
6578
6579@hook TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER
38f8b050
JR
6580
6581@node Alignment Output
6582@subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment
6583
6584@c prevent bad page break with this line
6585This describes commands for alignment.
6586
6587@defmac JUMP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6588The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which is
6589a common destination of jumps and has no fallthru incoming edge.
6590
6591This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6592to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6593define the macro.
6594
6595Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6596to set the variable @var{align_jumps} in the target's
6597@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6598selection in @var{align_jumps} in a @code{JUMP_ALIGN} implementation.
6599@end defmac
6600
6601@defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER (@var{label})
6602The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows
6603a @code{BARRIER}.
6604
6605This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6606to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6607define the macro.
6608@end defmac
6609
38f8b050 6610@defmac LOOP_ALIGN (@var{label})
58a51369
SB
6611The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label} that heads
6612a frequently executed basic block (usually the header of a loop).
38f8b050
JR
6613
6614This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6615to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6616define the macro.
6617
6618Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6619to set the variable @code{align_loops} in the target's
6620@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6621selection in @code{align_loops} in a @code{LOOP_ALIGN} implementation.
6622@end defmac
6623
38f8b050
JR
6624@defmac LABEL_ALIGN (@var{label})
6625The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}.
6626If @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER} / @code{LOOP_ALIGN} specify a different alignment,
6627the maximum of the specified values is used.
6628
6629Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6630to set the variable @code{align_labels} in the target's
6631@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6632selection in @code{align_labels} in a @code{LABEL_ALIGN} implementation.
6633@end defmac
6634
38f8b050
JR
6635@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes})
6636A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6637instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes.
6638Those bytes should be zero when loaded. @var{nbytes} will be a C
6639expression of type @code{unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT}.
6640@end defmac
6641
6642@defmac ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
6643Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the
6644text section because it fails to put zeros in the bytes that are skipped.
6645This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes
6646produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text
6647section.
6648@end defmac
6649
6650@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6651A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6652command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6653@var{power} bytes. @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}.
6654@end defmac
6655
6656@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6657Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}, except that the ``nop'' instruction is used
6658for padding, if necessary.
6659@end defmac
6660
6661@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}, @var{max_skip})
6662A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6663command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6664@var{power} bytes, but only if @var{max_skip} or fewer bytes are needed to
6665satisfy the alignment request. @var{power} and @var{max_skip} will be
6666a C expression of type @code{int}.
6667@end defmac
6668
6669@need 3000
6670@node Debugging Info
6671@section Controlling Debugging Information Format
6672
6673@c prevent bad page break with this line
6674This describes how to specify debugging information.
6675
6676@menu
6677* All Debuggers:: Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly.
6678* DBX Options:: Macros enabling specific options in DBX format.
6679* DBX Hooks:: Hook macros for varying DBX format.
6680* File Names and DBX:: Macros controlling output of file names in DBX format.
180295ed 6681* DWARF:: Macros for DWARF format.
38f8b050
JR
6682* VMS Debug:: Macros for VMS debug format.
6683@end menu
6684
6685@node All Debuggers
6686@subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats
6687
6688@c prevent bad page break with this line
6689These macros affect all debugging formats.
6690
6691@defmac DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})
6692A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler
6693register number @var{regno}. In the default macro provided, the value
6694of this expression will be @var{regno} itself. But sometimes there are
6695some registers that the compiler knows about and DBX does not, or vice
6696versa. In such cases, some register may need to have one number in the
6697compiler and another for DBX@.
6698
6699If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GCC, and they can be
6700used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have
6701consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER}.
6702Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they
6703expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme.
6704
6705If you find yourself defining @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER} in way that
6706does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is
6707redefine the actual register numbering scheme.
6708@end defmac
6709
6710@defmac DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x})
6711A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic
6712variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The default
6713computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and
6714gives the offset from the frame-pointer. This is required for targets
180295ed
JW
6715that produce debugging output for DBX and allow the frame-pointer to be
6716eliminated when the @option{-g} option is used.
38f8b050
JR
6717@end defmac
6718
6719@defmac DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x})
6720A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument
6721having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The nominal offset is
6722@var{offset}.
6723@end defmac
6724
6725@defmac PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
6726A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GCC should
6727produce when the user specifies just @option{-g}. Define
6728this if you have arranged for GCC to support more than one format of
6729debugging output. Currently, the allowable values are @code{DBX_DEBUG},
d7d5f241
JW
6730@code{DWARF2_DEBUG}, @code{XCOFF_DEBUG}, @code{VMS_DEBUG},
6731and @code{VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG}.
38f8b050
JR
6732
6733When the user specifies @option{-ggdb}, GCC normally also uses the
6734value of this macro to select the debugging output format, but with two
6735exceptions. If @code{DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO} is defined, GCC uses the
6736value @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}. Otherwise, if @code{DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO} is
6737defined, GCC uses @code{DBX_DEBUG}.
6738
6739The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the
6740user can always get a specific type of output by using @option{-gstabs},
180295ed 6741@option{-gdwarf-2}, @option{-gxcoff}, or @option{-gvms}.
38f8b050
JR
6742@end defmac
6743
6744@node DBX Options
6745@subsection Specific Options for DBX Output
6746
6747@c prevent bad page break with this line
6748These are specific options for DBX output.
6749
6750@defmac DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
6751Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for DBX
6752in response to the @option{-g} option.
6753@end defmac
6754
6755@defmac XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
6756Define this macro if GCC should produce XCOFF format debugging output
6757in response to the @option{-g} option. This is a variant of DBX format.
6758@end defmac
6759
6760@defmac DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS
6761Define this macro to control whether GCC should by default generate
6762GDB's extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format
6763debugging information is enabled at all). If you don't define the
6764macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information
6765if there is any occasion to.
6766@end defmac
6767
6768@defmac DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT
6769Define this macro if all @code{.stabs} commands should be output while
6770in the text section.
6771@end defmac
6772
6773@defmac ASM_STABS_OP
6774A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6775use instead of @code{"\t.stabs\t"} to define an ordinary debugging symbol.
6776If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabs\t"} is used. This macro
6777applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6778@end defmac
6779
6780@defmac ASM_STABD_OP
6781A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6782use instead of @code{"\t.stabd\t"} to define a debugging symbol whose
6783value is the current location. If you don't define this macro,
6784@code{"\t.stabd\t"} is used. This macro applies only to DBX debugging
6785information format.
6786@end defmac
6787
6788@defmac ASM_STABN_OP
6789A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6790use instead of @code{"\t.stabn\t"} to define a debugging symbol with no
6791name. If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabn\t"} is used. This
6792macro applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6793@end defmac
6794
6795@defmac DBX_NO_XREFS
6796Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct
6797@samp{xs@var{tagname}}. On some systems, this construct is used to
6798describe a forward reference to a structure named @var{tagname}.
6799On other systems, this construct is not supported at all.
6800@end defmac
6801
6802@defmac DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
6803A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally
6804continued (split into two separate @code{.stabs} directives) when it
6805exceeds a certain length (by default, 80 characters). On some
6806operating systems, DBX requires this splitting; on others, splitting
6807must not be done. You can inhibit splitting by defining this macro
6808with the value zero. You can override the default splitting-length by
6809defining this macro as an expression for the length you desire.
6810@end defmac
6811
6812@defmac DBX_CONTIN_CHAR
6813Normally continuation is indicated by adding a @samp{\} character to
6814the end of a @code{.stabs} string when a continuation follows. To use
6815a different character instead, define this macro as a character
6816constant for the character you want to use. Do not define this macro
6817if backslash is correct for your system.
6818@end defmac
6819
6820@defmac DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION
6821Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before
6822outputting the @samp{.stabs} pseudo-op for a non-global static
6823variable.
6824@end defmac
6825
6826@defmac DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE
6827The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6828for a typedef. The default is @code{N_LSYM}.
6829@end defmac
6830
6831@defmac DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE
6832The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6833for a static variable located in the text section. DBX format does not
6834provide any ``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_FUN}.
6835@end defmac
6836
6837@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE
6838The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6839for a parameter passed in registers. DBX format does not provide any
6840``right'' way to do this. The default is @code{N_RSYM}.
6841@end defmac
6842
6843@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER
6844The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter
6845passed in registers. DBX format does not customarily provide any way to
6846do this. The default is @code{'P'}.
6847@end defmac
6848
6849@defmac DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
6850Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its
6851arguments should precede the assembler code for the function. Normally,
6852in DBX format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler
6853code.
6854@end defmac
6855
6856@defmac DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6857Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol describing
6858the scope of a block (@code{N_LBRAC} or @code{N_RBRAC}) should be
6859relative to the start of the enclosing function. Normally, GCC uses
6860an absolute address.
6861@end defmac
6862
6863@defmac DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6864Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol indicating
6865the current line number (@code{N_SLINE}) should be relative to the
6866start of the enclosing function. Normally, GCC uses an absolute address.
6867@end defmac
6868
6869@defmac DBX_USE_BINCL
6870Define this macro if GCC should generate @code{N_BINCL} and
6871@code{N_EINCL} stabs for included header files, as on Sun systems. This
6872macro also directs GCC to output a type number as a pair of a file
6873number and a type number within the file. Normally, GCC does not
6874generate @code{N_BINCL} or @code{N_EINCL} stabs, and it outputs a single
6875number for a type number.
6876@end defmac
6877
6878@node DBX Hooks
6879@subsection Open-Ended Hooks for DBX Format
6880
6881@c prevent bad page break with this line
6882These are hooks for DBX format.
6883
38f8b050
JR
6884@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line}, @var{counter})
6885A C statement to output DBX debugging information before code for line
6886number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream
6887@var{stream}. @var{counter} is the number of time the macro was
6888invoked, including the current invocation; it is intended to generate
6889unique labels in the assembly output.
6890
6891This macro should not be defined if the default output is correct, or
6892if it can be made correct by defining @code{DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE}.
6893@end defmac
6894
6895@defmac NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END
6896Some stabs encapsulation formats (in particular ECOFF), cannot handle the
6897@code{.stabs "",N_FUN,,0,0,Lscope-function-1} gdb dbx extension construct.
6898On those machines, define this macro to turn this feature off without
6899disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6900@end defmac
6901
6902@defmac NO_DBX_BNSYM_ENSYM
6903Some assemblers cannot handle the @code{.stabd BNSYM/ENSYM,0,0} gdb dbx
6904extension construct. On those machines, define this macro to turn this
6905feature off without disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6906@end defmac
6907
6908@node File Names and DBX
6909@subsection File Names in DBX Format
6910
6911@c prevent bad page break with this line
6912This describes file names in DBX format.
6913
6914@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6915A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream
6916@var{stream}, which indicates that file @var{name} is the main source
6917file---the file specified as the input file for compilation.
6918This macro is called only once, at the beginning of compilation.
6919
6920This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
6921for DBX debugging information is appropriate.
6922
6923It may be necessary to refer to a label equal to the beginning of the
6924text section. You can use @samp{assemble_name (stream, ltext_label_name)}
6925to do so. If you do this, you must also set the variable
6926@var{used_ltext_label_name} to @code{true}.
6927@end defmac
6928
6929@defmac NO_DBX_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY
6930Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6931of the current directory for compilation and current source language at
6932the beginning of the file.
6933@end defmac
6934
6935@defmac NO_DBX_GCC_MARKER
6936Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6937that this object file was compiled by GCC@. The default is to emit
6938an @code{N_OPT} stab at the beginning of every source file, with
6939@samp{gcc2_compiled.} for the string and value 0.
6940@end defmac
6941
6942@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6943A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of
6944compilation of the main source file @var{name}. Output should be
6945written to the stdio stream @var{stream}.
6946
6947If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end
6948of compilation, which is correct for most machines.
6949@end defmac
6950
6951@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_NULL_N_SO_AT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END
6952Define this macro @emph{instead of} defining
6953@code{DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END}, if what needs to be output at
6954the end of compilation is an @code{N_SO} stab with an empty string,
6955whose value is the highest absolute text address in the file.
6956@end defmac
6957
6958@need 2000
180295ed
JW
6959@node DWARF
6960@subsection Macros for DWARF Output
38f8b050
JR
6961
6962@c prevent bad page break with this line
180295ed 6963Here are macros for DWARF output.
38f8b050
JR
6964
6965@defmac DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
6966Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format
6967debugging output in response to the @option{-g} option.
6968
6969@hook TARGET_DWARF_CALLING_CONVENTION
38f8b050
JR
6970
6971To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also
6972define @code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either set
6973@code{RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P} on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the
6974prologue, or call @code{dwarf2out_def_cfa} and @code{dwarf2out_reg_save}
6975as appropriate from @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} if you don't.
6976@end defmac
6977
6978@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
6979Define this macro to a nonzero value if GCC should always output
f0a0390e
RH
6980Dwarf 2 frame information. If @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}
6981(@pxref{Exception Region Output}) returns @code{UI_DWARF2}, and
6982exceptions are enabled, GCC will output this information not matter
6983how you define @code{DWARF2_FRAME_INFO}.
38f8b050
JR
6984@end defmac
6985
f0a0390e 6986@hook TARGET_DEBUG_UNWIND_INFO
f0a0390e 6987
38f8b050
JR
6988@defmac DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6989Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler can generate Dwarf 2
6990line debug info sections. This will result in much more compact line number
6991tables, and hence is desirable if it works.
6992@end defmac
6993
924c9e3e
AO
6994@defmac DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
6995Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler supports view
6996assignment and verification in @code{.loc}. If it does not, but the
6997user enables location views, the compiler may have to fallback to
6998internal line number tables.
6999@end defmac
7000
7001@hook TARGET_RESET_LOCATION_VIEW
7002
9730bc27
TT
7003@hook TARGET_WANT_DEBUG_PUB_SECTIONS
7004
2ba42841
AO
7005@hook TARGET_DELAY_SCHED2
7006
7007@hook TARGET_DELAY_VARTRACK
7008
a50fa76a
BS
7009@hook TARGET_NO_REGISTER_ALLOCATION
7010
38f8b050
JR
7011@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
7012A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
7013@var{lab1} minus @var{lab2}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7014@end defmac
7015
7016@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
7017A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
630ba2fd 7018between the two given labels in system defined units, e.g.@: instruction
38f8b050
JR
7019slots on IA64 VMS, using an integer of the given size.
7020@end defmac
7021
7180b1a6 7022@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}, @var{offset}, @var{section})
38f8b050 7023A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a
7180b1a6
RB
7024section-relative reference to the given @var{label} plus @var{offset}, using
7025an integer of the given @var{size}. The label is known to be defined in the
7026given @var{section}.
38f8b050
JR
7027@end defmac
7028
7029@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_PCREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
7030A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a self-relative
7031reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7032@end defmac
7033
04218b35
AD
7034@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATAREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
7035A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to the
7036given @var{label} relative to the dbase, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7037@end defmac
7038
38f8b050
JR
7039@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (@var{label})
7040A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to
7041the DWARF table identifier @var{label} from the current section. This
7042is used on some systems to avoid garbage collecting a DWARF table which
7043is referenced by a function.
7044@end defmac
7045
7046@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
38f8b050 7047
38f8b050
JR
7048@need 2000
7049@node VMS Debug
7050@subsection Macros for VMS Debug Format
7051
7052@c prevent bad page break with this line
7053Here are macros for VMS debug format.
7054
7055@defmac VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7056Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for VMS
7057in response to the @option{-g} option. The default behavior for VMS
7058is to generate minimal debug info for a traceback in the absence of
7059@option{-g} unless explicitly overridden with @option{-g0}. This
fac0f722 7060behavior is controlled by @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} and
38f8b050
JR
7061@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.
7062@end defmac
7063
7064@node Floating Point
7065@section Cross Compilation and Floating Point
7066@cindex cross compilation and floating point
7067@cindex floating point and cross compilation
7068
7069While all modern machines use twos-complement representation for integers,
7070there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers. This
7071means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers
7072in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine
7073doing the compilation.
7074
7075Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of
7076range and precision, all floating point constants must be represented in
7077the target machine's format. Therefore, the cross compiler cannot
7078safely use the host machine's floating point arithmetic; it must emulate
7079the target's arithmetic. To ensure consistency, GCC always uses
7080emulation to work with floating point values, even when the host and
7081target floating point formats are identical.
7082
7083The following macros are provided by @file{real.h} for the compiler to
7084use. All parts of the compiler which generate or optimize
7085floating-point calculations must use these macros. They may evaluate
7086their operands more than once, so operands must not have side effects.
7087
7088@defmac REAL_VALUE_TYPE
7089The C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the target
7090machine's format. Typically this is a @code{struct} containing an
7091array of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, but all code should treat it as an opaque
7092quantity.
7093@end defmac
7094
38f8b050
JR
7095@deftypefn Macro HOST_WIDE_INT REAL_VALUE_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7096Truncates @var{x} to a signed integer, rounding toward zero.
7097@end deftypefn
7098
7099@deftypefn Macro {unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT} REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7100Truncates @var{x} to an unsigned integer, rounding toward zero. If
7101@var{x} is negative, returns zero.
7102@end deftypefn
7103
ef4bddc2 7104@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ATOF (const char *@var{string}, machine_mode @var{mode})
38f8b050
JR
7105Converts @var{string} into a floating point number in the target machine's
7106representation for mode @var{mode}. This routine can handle both
7107decimal and hexadecimal floating point constants, using the syntax
7108defined by the C language for both.
7109@end deftypefn
7110
7111@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7112Returns 1 if @var{x} is negative (including negative zero), 0 otherwise.
7113@end deftypefn
7114
7115@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISINF (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7116Determines whether @var{x} represents infinity (positive or negative).
7117@end deftypefn
7118
7119@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7120Determines whether @var{x} represents a ``NaN'' (not-a-number).
7121@end deftypefn
7122
38f8b050
JR
7123@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7124Returns the negative of the floating point value @var{x}.
7125@end deftypefn
7126
7127@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ABS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7128Returns the absolute value of @var{x}.
7129@end deftypefn
7130
38f8b050
JR
7131@node Mode Switching
7132@section Mode Switching Instructions
7133@cindex mode switching
7134The following macros control mode switching optimizations:
7135
7136@defmac OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING (@var{entity})
7137Define this macro if the port needs extra instructions inserted for mode
7138switching in an optimizing compilation.
7139
7140For an example, the SH4 can perform both single and double precision
7141floating point operations, but to perform a single precision operation,
7142the FPSCR PR bit has to be cleared, while for a double precision
7143operation, this bit has to be set. Changing the PR bit requires a general
7144purpose register as a scratch register, hence these FPSCR sets have to
fd250f0d 7145be inserted before reload, i.e.@: you cannot put this into instruction emitting
38f8b050
JR
7146or @code{TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG}.
7147
7148You can have multiple entities that are mode-switched, and select at run time
7149which entities actually need it. @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} should
7150return nonzero for any @var{entity} that needs mode-switching.
7151If you define this macro, you also have to define
06b90602
CB
7152@code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, @code{TARGET_MODE_NEEDED},
7153@code{TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY} and @code{TARGET_MODE_EMIT}.
7154@code{TARGET_MODE_AFTER}, @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}, and @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}
38f8b050
JR
7155are optional.
7156@end defmac
7157
7158@defmac NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING
7159If you define @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING}, you have to define this as
7160initializer for an array of integers. Each initializer element
7161N refers to an entity that needs mode switching, and specifies the number
7162of different modes that might need to be set for this entity.
7163The position of the initializer in the initializer---starting counting at
7164zero---determines the integer that is used to refer to the mode-switched
7165entity in question.
7166In macros that take mode arguments / yield a mode result, modes are
7167represented as numbers 0 @dots{} N @minus{} 1. N is used to specify that no mode
7168switch is needed / supplied.
7169@end defmac
7170
06b90602 7171@hook TARGET_MODE_EMIT
38f8b050 7172
06b90602 7173@hook TARGET_MODE_NEEDED
38f8b050 7174
06b90602 7175@hook TARGET_MODE_AFTER
38f8b050 7176
06b90602 7177@hook TARGET_MODE_ENTRY
38f8b050 7178
06b90602 7179@hook TARGET_MODE_EXIT
38f8b050 7180
06b90602 7181@hook TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY
38f8b050
JR
7182
7183@node Target Attributes
7184@section Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}
7185@cindex target attributes
7186@cindex machine attributes
7187@cindex attributes, target-specific
7188
7189Target-specific attributes may be defined for functions, data and types.
7190These are described using the following target hooks; they also need to
7191be documented in @file{extend.texi}.
7192
7193@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
38f8b050
JR
7194
7195@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TAKES_IDENTIFIER_P
38f8b050
JR
7196
7197@hook TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
38f8b050
JR
7198
7199@hook TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
38f8b050
JR
7200
7201@hook TARGET_MERGE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
38f8b050
JR
7202
7203@hook TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
38f8b050
JR
7204
7205@hook TARGET_VALID_DLLIMPORT_ATTRIBUTE_P
7206
7207@defmac TARGET_DECLSPEC
7208Define this macro to a nonzero value if you want to treat
7209@code{__declspec(X)} as equivalent to @code{__attribute((X))}. By
7210default, this behavior is enabled only for targets that define
7211@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. The current implementation
7212of @code{__declspec} is via a built-in macro, but you should not rely
7213on this implementation detail.
7214@end defmac
7215
7216@hook TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
38f8b050 7217
7a4418a5
JL
7218@hook TARGET_HANDLE_GENERIC_ATTRIBUTE
7219
38f8b050 7220@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE_INLINABLE_P
38f8b050
JR
7221
7222@hook TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P
38f8b050
JR
7223
7224@hook TARGET_OPTION_SAVE
38f8b050
JR
7225
7226@hook TARGET_OPTION_RESTORE
38f8b050 7227
59913123
JJ
7228@hook TARGET_OPTION_POST_STREAM_IN
7229
38f8b050 7230@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRINT
38f8b050 7231
56cb42ea 7232@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRAGMA_PARSE
38f8b050
JR
7233
7234@hook TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
38f8b050 7235
3649b9b7 7236@hook TARGET_OPTION_FUNCTION_VERSIONS
3649b9b7 7237
38f8b050 7238@hook TARGET_CAN_INLINE_P
38f8b050 7239
63b0cb04
CB
7240@hook TARGET_RELAYOUT_FUNCTION
7241
38f8b050
JR
7242@node Emulated TLS
7243@section Emulating TLS
7244@cindex Emulated TLS
7245
7246For targets whose psABI does not provide Thread Local Storage via
7247specific relocations and instruction sequences, an emulation layer is
7248used. A set of target hooks allows this emulation layer to be
7249configured for the requirements of a particular target. For instance
7250the psABI may in fact specify TLS support in terms of an emulation
7251layer.
7252
7253The emulation layer works by creating a control object for every TLS
7254object. To access the TLS object, a lookup function is provided
7255which, when given the address of the control object, will return the
7256address of the current thread's instance of the TLS object.
7257
7258@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_GET_ADDRESS
38f8b050
JR
7259
7260@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_REGISTER_COMMON
38f8b050
JR
7261
7262@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
7263
7264@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_SECTION
38f8b050
JR
7265
7266@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_PREFIX
38f8b050
JR
7267
7268@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_PREFIX
38f8b050
JR
7269
7270@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_FIELDS
38f8b050
JR
7271
7272@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_INIT
38f8b050
JR
7273
7274@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_ALIGN_FIXED
38f8b050
JR
7275
7276@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_DEBUG_FORM_TLS_ADDRESS
38f8b050
JR
7277
7278@node MIPS Coprocessors
7279@section Defining coprocessor specifics for MIPS targets.
7280@cindex MIPS coprocessor-definition macros
7281
7282The MIPS specification allows MIPS implementations to have as many as 4
7283coprocessors, each with as many as 32 private registers. GCC supports
7284accessing these registers and transferring values between the registers
7285and memory using asm-ized variables. For example:
7286
7287@smallexample
7288 register unsigned int cp0count asm ("c0r1");
7289 unsigned int d;
7290
7291 d = cp0count + 3;
7292@end smallexample
7293
7294(``c0r1'' is the default name of register 1 in coprocessor 0; alternate
7295names may be added as described below, or the default names may be
7296overridden entirely in @code{SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}.)
7297
7298Coprocessor registers are assumed to be epilogue-used; sets to them will
7299be preserved even if it does not appear that the register is used again
7300later in the function.
7301
7302Another note: according to the MIPS spec, coprocessor 1 (if present) is
7303the FPU@. One accesses COP1 registers through standard mips
7304floating-point support; they are not included in this mechanism.
7305
38f8b050
JR
7306@node PCH Target
7307@section Parameters for Precompiled Header Validity Checking
7308@cindex parameters, precompiled headers
7309
7310@hook TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY
38f8b050
JR
7311
7312@hook TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
38f8b050
JR
7313
7314@hook TARGET_CHECK_PCH_TARGET_FLAGS
38f8b050 7315
e32ea2d1
RS
7316@hook TARGET_PREPARE_PCH_SAVE
7317
38f8b050
JR
7318@node C++ ABI
7319@section C++ ABI parameters
7320@cindex parameters, c++ abi
7321
7322@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
38f8b050
JR
7323
7324@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
38f8b050
JR
7325
7326@hook TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
38f8b050
JR
7327
7328@hook TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
38f8b050
JR
7329
7330@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPORT_EXPORT_CLASS
38f8b050
JR
7331
7332@hook TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
38f8b050
JR
7333
7334@hook TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
38f8b050
JR
7335
7336@hook TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY
7337
7338@hook TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT
38f8b050
JR
7339
7340@hook TARGET_CXX_LIBRARY_RTTI_COMDAT
38f8b050
JR
7341
7342@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT
38f8b050
JR
7343
7344@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_ATEXIT_FOR_CXA_ATEXIT
38f8b050
JR
7345
7346@hook TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CLASS_AT_DEFINITION
7347
17c4f786
AS
7348@hook TARGET_CXX_DECL_MANGLING_CONTEXT
7349
b4c522fa
IB
7350@node D Language and ABI
7351@section D ABI parameters
7352@cindex parameters, d abi
7353
7354@hook TARGET_D_CPU_VERSIONS
7355
7356@hook TARGET_D_OS_VERSIONS
7357
4dce3b05
IB
7358@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_SECTION
7359
7360@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_START_NAME
7361
7362@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_END_NAME
7363
38f8b050
JR
7364@node Named Address Spaces
7365@section Adding support for named address spaces
7366@cindex named address spaces
7367
7368The draft technical report of the ISO/IEC JTC1 S22 WG14 N1275
7369standards committee, @cite{Programming Languages - C - Extensions to
7370support embedded processors}, specifies a syntax for embedded
7371processors to specify alternate address spaces. You can configure a
7372GCC port to support section 5.1 of the draft report to add support for
7373address spaces other than the default address space. These address
7374spaces are new keywords that are similar to the @code{volatile} and
7375@code{const} type attributes.
7376
7377Pointers to named address spaces can have a different size than
7378pointers to the generic address space.
7379
7380For example, the SPU port uses the @code{__ea} address space to refer
7381to memory in the host processor, rather than memory local to the SPU
7382processor. Access to memory in the @code{__ea} address space involves
7383issuing DMA operations to move data between the host processor and the
7384local processor memory address space. Pointers in the @code{__ea}
7385address space are either 32 bits or 64 bits based on the
7386@option{-mea32} or @option{-mea64} switches (native SPU pointers are
7387always 32 bits).
7388
7389Internally, address spaces are represented as a small integer in the
7390range 0 to 15 with address space 0 being reserved for the generic
7391address space.
7392
7393To register a named address space qualifier keyword with the C front end,
7394the target may call the @code{c_register_addr_space} routine. For example,
7395the SPU port uses the following to declare @code{__ea} as the keyword for
7396named address space #1:
7397@smallexample
7398#define ADDR_SPACE_EA 1
7399c_register_addr_space ("__ea", ADDR_SPACE_EA);
7400@end smallexample
7401
7402@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE
38f8b050
JR
7403
7404@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE
38f8b050
JR
7405
7406@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_VALID_POINTER_MODE
38f8b050
JR
7407
7408@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
38f8b050
JR
7409
7410@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
38f8b050
JR
7411
7412@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P
38f8b050 7413
6626f970
RH
7414@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ZERO_ADDRESS_VALID
7415
38f8b050 7416@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT
38f8b050 7417
f736b911
RH
7418@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DEBUG
7419
ffc22840
GJL
7420@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DIAGNOSE_USAGE
7421
38f8b050
JR
7422@node Misc
7423@section Miscellaneous Parameters
7424@cindex parameters, miscellaneous
7425
7426@c prevent bad page break with this line
7427Here are several miscellaneous parameters.
7428
7429@defmac HAS_LONG_COND_BRANCH
7430Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7431has conditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in
7432conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7433blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is
7434set to false, gcc will convert any conditional branches that attempt
7435to cross between sections into unconditional branches or indirect jumps.
7436@end defmac
7437
7438@defmac HAS_LONG_UNCOND_BRANCH
7439Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7440has unconditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in
7441conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7442blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is
7443set to false, gcc will convert any unconditional branches that attempt
7444to cross between sections into indirect jumps.
7445@end defmac
7446
7447@defmac CASE_VECTOR_MODE
7448An alias for a machine mode name. This is the machine mode that
7449elements of a jump-table should have.
7450@end defmac
7451
7452@defmac CASE_VECTOR_SHORTEN_MODE (@var{min_offset}, @var{max_offset}, @var{body})
7453Optional: return the preferred mode for an @code{addr_diff_vec}
7454when the minimum and maximum offset are known. If you define this,
7455it enables extra code in branch shortening to deal with @code{addr_diff_vec}.
7456To make this work, you also have to define @code{INSN_ALIGN} and
7457make the alignment for @code{addr_diff_vec} explicit.
7458The @var{body} argument is provided so that the offset_unsigned and scale
7459flags can be updated.
7460@end defmac
7461
7462@defmac CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
7463Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables
7464should contain relative addresses. You need not define this macro if
7465jump-tables never contain relative addresses, or jump-tables should
7466contain relative addresses only when @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIC}
7467is in effect.
7468@end defmac
7469
7470@hook TARGET_CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD
38f8b050 7471
38f8b050 7472@defmac WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
9e11bfef 7473Define this macro to 1 if operations between registers with integral mode
bcec133f
EB
7474smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register. To be
7475more explicit, if you start with a pair of @code{word_mode} registers with
7476known values and you do a subword, for example @code{QImode}, addition on
7477the low part of the registers, then the compiler may consider that the
7478result has a known value in @code{word_mode} too if the macro is defined
7479to 1. Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not.
38f8b050
JR
7480@end defmac
7481
894d8b41
EB
7482@hook TARGET_MIN_ARITHMETIC_PRECISION
7483
38f8b050
JR
7484@defmac LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mem_mode})
7485Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read
7486memory in @var{mem_mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the
7487bits outside of @var{mem_mode} to be either the sign-extension or the
7488zero-extension of the data read. Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values
7489of @var{mem_mode} for which the
7490insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and
7491@code{UNKNOWN} for other modes.
7492
7493This macro is not called with @var{mem_mode} non-integral or with a width
7494greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any
7495value in this case. Do not define this macro if it would always return
7496@code{UNKNOWN}. On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally
7497define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}.
7498
7499You may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN} value even if for some hard registers
7500the sign extension is not performed, if for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS}
0d803030 7501of these hard registers @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false
38f8b050
JR
7502when the @var{from} mode is @var{mem_mode} and the @var{to} mode is any
7503integral mode larger than this but not larger than @code{word_mode}.
7504
7505You must return @code{UNKNOWN} if for some hard registers that allow this
0d803030 7506mode, @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} says that they cannot change to
38f8b050
JR
7507@code{word_mode}, but that they can change to another integral mode that
7508is larger then @var{mem_mode} but still smaller than @code{word_mode}.
7509@end defmac
7510
7511@defmac SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
58f2ae18 7512Define this macro to 1 if loading short immediate values into registers sign
38f8b050
JR
7513extends.
7514@end defmac
7515
38f8b050 7516@hook TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL
38f8b050
JR
7517
7518@defmac MOVE_MAX
7519The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7520between memory and registers or between two memory locations.
7521@end defmac
7522
7523@defmac MAX_MOVE_MAX
7524The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7525between memory and registers or between two memory locations. If this
7526is undefined, the default is @code{MOVE_MAX}. Otherwise, it is the
7527constant value that is the largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have
7528at run-time.
7529@end defmac
7530
7531@defmac SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
7532A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits
7533actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number
7534of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted. When
7535this macro is nonzero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit
7536a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that
7537truncates the count of a shift operation. On machines that have
7538instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may
7539include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}
7540also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as
7541arguments to bit-field instructions.
7542
7543If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and
7544position (for bit-field operations), or if no variable-position bit-field
7545instructions exist, you should define this macro.
7546
7547However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation
7548only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended)
7549bit-field operations. Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on
7550such machines. Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include
7551the implied truncation of the shift instructions.
7552
7553You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero.
7554@end defmac
7555
7556@anchor{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}
7557@hook TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
38f8b050 7558
bb149ca2 7559@hook TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION
38f8b050
JR
7560
7561@hook TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED
38f8b050 7562
82957a73
PB
7563@hook TARGET_SETJMP_PRESERVES_NONVOLATILE_REGS_P
7564
38f8b050
JR
7565@defmac STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7566A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator
7567with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction
7568(@samp{cstore@var{mode}4}) when the condition is true. This description must
7569apply to @emph{all} the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} patterns and all the
7570comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode.
7571
7572A value of 1 or @minus{}1 means that the instruction implementing the
7573comparison operator returns exactly 1 or @minus{}1 when the comparison is true
7574and 0 when the comparison is false. Otherwise, the value indicates
7575which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is
7576true. This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison
7577operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the
7578@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern. Either the low bit or the sign bit of
7579@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on. Presently, only those bits are used by
7580the compiler.
7581
7582If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or @minus{}1, the compiler will
7583generate code that depends only on the specified bits. It can also
7584replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause
7585the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined.
7586For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an
7587@code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as
7588@samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the
7589expression
7590
7591@smallexample
7592(ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0))
7593@end smallexample
7594
7595@noindent
7596can be converted to
7597
7598@smallexample
7599(ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))
7600@end smallexample
7601
7602@noindent
7603where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being
7604tested into the sign bit.
7605
7606There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit
7607for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits,
7608but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction. If you
7609are trying to port GCC to such a machine, include an instruction to
7610perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the
7611comparison operators and let us know at @email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}.
7612
7613Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value
7614from a comparison (or the condition codes). Here are rules to guide the
7615choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions
7616to be used:
7617
7618@itemize @bullet
7619@item
7620Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for
7621@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}. It is more efficient for the compiler to
7622``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the
7623comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to
7624combine the normalization with other operations.
7625
7626@item
7627For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or @minus{}1, with @minus{}1 being
7628slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on
7629other machines.
7630
7631@item
7632As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions
7633exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the
7634others.
7635
7636@item
7637Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}.
7638@end itemize
7639
7640Many machines can produce both the value chosen for
7641@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of
7642instructions. On those machines, you should also define a pattern for
7643those cases, e.g., one matching
7644
7645@smallexample
7646(set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C})))
7647@end smallexample
7648
7649Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on
7650condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding
7651@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}. On those
7652machines, define the appropriate patterns. Use the names @code{incscc}
7653and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the patterns which perform
7654@code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values. See
2b0d3573 7655@file{rs6000.md} for some examples. The GNU Superoptimizer can be used to
38f8b050
JR
7656find such instruction sequences on other machines.
7657
7658If this macro is not defined, the default value, 1, is used. You need
7659not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag
7660instructions, or if the value generated by these instructions is 1.
7661@end defmac
7662
7663@defmac FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7664A C expression that gives a nonzero @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} value that is
7665returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true.
7666Define this macro on machines that have comparison operations that return
7667floating-point values. If there are no such operations, do not define
7668this macro.
7669@end defmac
7670
7671@defmac VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
5e97638b 7672A C expression that gives an rtx representing the nonzero true element
38f8b050
JR
7673for vector comparisons. The returned rtx should be valid for the inner
7674mode of @var{mode} which is guaranteed to be a vector mode. Define
7675this macro on machines that have vector comparison operations that
7676return a vector result. If there are no such operations, do not define
7677this macro. Typically, this macro is defined as @code{const1_rtx} or
7678@code{constm1_rtx}. This macro may return @code{NULL_RTX} to prevent
7679the compiler optimizing such vector comparison operations for the
7680given mode.
7681@end defmac
7682
7683@defmac CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7684@defmacx CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7685A C expression that indicates whether the architecture defines a value
ff2ce160 7686for @code{clz} or @code{ctz} with a zero operand.
38f8b050
JR
7687A result of @code{0} indicates the value is undefined.
7688If the value is defined for only the RTL expression, the macro should
7689evaluate to @code{1}; if the value applies also to the corresponding optab
7690entry (which is normally the case if it expands directly into
ff2ce160 7691the corresponding RTL), then the macro should evaluate to @code{2}.
38f8b050 7692In the cases where the value is defined, @var{value} should be set to
ff2ce160 7693this value.
38f8b050
JR
7694
7695If this macro is not defined, the value of @code{clz} or
7696@code{ctz} at zero is assumed to be undefined.
7697
7698This macro must be defined if the target's expansion for @code{ffs}
7699relies on a particular value to get correct results. Otherwise it
7700is not necessary, though it may be used to optimize some corner cases, and
7701to provide a default expansion for the @code{ffs} optab.
7702
7703Note that regardless of this macro the ``definedness'' of @code{clz}
7704and @code{ctz} at zero do @emph{not} extend to the builtin functions
7705visible to the user. Thus one may be free to adjust the value at will
7706to match the target expansion of these operations without fear of
7707breaking the API@.
7708@end defmac
7709
7710@defmac Pmode
7711An alias for the machine mode for pointers. On most machines, define
7712this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware
7713pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines.
7714On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer
7715modes, such as @code{PSImode}.
7716
7717The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of
7718@code{POINTER_SIZE}. If it is not equal, you must define the macro
7719@code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended
7720to @code{Pmode}.
7721@end defmac
7722
7723@defmac FUNCTION_MODE
7724An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions
7725being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions. On most CISC machines,
ff2ce160 7726where an instruction can begin at any byte address, this should be
38f8b050
JR
7727@code{QImode}. On most RISC machines, where all instructions have fixed
7728size and alignment, this should be a mode with the same size and alignment
7729as the machine instruction words - typically @code{SImode} or @code{HImode}.
7730@end defmac
7731
7732@defmac STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS
7733In normal operation, the preprocessor expands @code{__STDC__} to the
7734constant 1, to signify that GCC conforms to ISO Standard C@. On some
7735hosts, like Solaris, the system compiler uses a different convention,
7736where @code{__STDC__} is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies
7737strict conformance to the C Standard.
7738
7739Defining @code{STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS} makes GNU CPP follows the host
7740convention when processing system header files, but when processing user
7741files @code{__STDC__} will always expand to 1.
7742@end defmac
7743
1efcb8c6
JM
7744@hook TARGET_C_PREINCLUDE
7745
88b0e79e
JC
7746@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7747
09cff37b
NS
7748@defmac SYSTEM_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7749Define this macro if the system header files do not support C++@.
7750This macro handles system header files by pretending that system
7751header files are enclosed in @samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}.
38f8b050
JR
7752@end defmac
7753
7754@findex #pragma
7755@findex pragma
7756@defmac REGISTER_TARGET_PRAGMAS ()
7757Define this macro if you want to implement any target-specific pragmas.
7758If defined, it is a C expression which makes a series of calls to
7759@code{c_register_pragma} or @code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion}
7760for each pragma. The macro may also do any
7761setup required for the pragmas.
7762
7763The primary reason to define this macro is to provide compatibility with
7764other compilers for the same target. In general, we discourage
7765definition of target-specific pragmas for GCC@.
7766
7767If the pragma can be implemented by attributes then you should consider
7768defining the target hook @samp{TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES} as well.
7769
7770Preprocessor macros that appear on pragma lines are not expanded. All
7771@samp{#pragma} directives that do not match any registered pragma are
7772silently ignored, unless the user specifies @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}.
7773@end defmac
7774
7775@deftypefun void c_register_pragma (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7776@deftypefunx void c_register_pragma_with_expansion (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7777
7778Each call to @code{c_register_pragma} or
7779@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} establishes one pragma. The
7780@var{callback} routine will be called when the preprocessor encounters a
7781pragma of the form
7782
7783@smallexample
7784#pragma [@var{space}] @var{name} @dots{}
7785@end smallexample
7786
7787@var{space} is the case-sensitive namespace of the pragma, or
7788@code{NULL} to put the pragma in the global namespace. The callback
7789routine receives @var{pfile} as its first argument, which can be passed
7790on to cpplib's functions if necessary. You can lex tokens after the
7791@var{name} by calling @code{pragma_lex}. Tokens that are not read by the
7792callback will be silently ignored. The end of the line is indicated by
7793a token of type @code{CPP_EOF}. Macro expansion occurs on the
7794arguments of pragmas registered with
7795@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} but not on the arguments of
7796pragmas registered with @code{c_register_pragma}.
7797
7798Note that the use of @code{pragma_lex} is specific to the C and C++
7799compilers. It will not work in the Java or Fortran compilers, or any
7800other language compilers for that matter. Thus if @code{pragma_lex} is going
7801to be called from target-specific code, it must only be done so when
7802building the C and C++ compilers. This can be done by defining the
7803variables @code{c_target_objs} and @code{cxx_target_objs} in the
7804target entry in the @file{config.gcc} file. These variables should name
7805the target-specific, language-specific object file which contains the
7806code that uses @code{pragma_lex}. Note it will also be necessary to add a
7807rule to the makefile fragment pointed to by @code{tmake_file} that shows
7808how to build this object file.
7809@end deftypefun
7810
38f8b050 7811@defmac HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_WITH_EXPANSION
24a57808 7812Define this macro if macros should be expanded in the
38f8b050
JR
7813arguments of @samp{#pragma pack}.
7814@end defmac
7815
38f8b050
JR
7816@defmac TARGET_DEFAULT_PACK_STRUCT
7817If your target requires a structure packing default other than 0 (meaning
7818the machine default), define this macro to the necessary value (in bytes).
7819This must be a value that would also be valid to use with
7820@samp{#pragma pack()} (that is, a small power of two).
7821@end defmac
7822
7823@defmac DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS
7824Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in
7825identifier names for the C family of languages. 0 means @samp{$} is
7826not allowed by default; 1 means it is allowed. 1 is the default;
7827there is no need to define this macro in that case.
7828@end defmac
7829
38f8b050
JR
7830@defmac INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7831Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7832delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7833even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}.
7834@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GCC knows that
7835every @code{call_insn} has this behavior. On machines where some @code{insn}
7836or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior,
7837you should define this macro.
7838
7839You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7840@end defmac
7841
7842@defmac INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7843Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7844delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7845even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}.
7846@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}. On machines where
7847some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands
7848are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should
7849define this macro. Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move
7850instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay
7851slot of @var{insn}.
7852
7853You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7854@end defmac
7855
7856@defmac MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES
7857Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if, in some cases,
7858global symbols from one translation unit may not be bound to undefined
7859symbols in another translation unit without user intervention. For
7860instance, under Microsoft Windows symbols must be explicitly imported
7861from shared libraries (DLLs).
7862
7863You need not define this macro if it would always evaluate to zero.
7864@end defmac
7865
7ca35180 7866@hook TARGET_MD_ASM_ADJUST
38f8b050
JR
7867
7868@defmac MATH_LIBRARY
7869Define this macro as a C string constant for the linker argument to link
d9d16a19
JM
7870in the system math library, minus the initial @samp{"-l"}, or
7871@samp{""} if the target does not have a
38f8b050
JR
7872separate math library.
7873
d9d16a19 7874You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"m"} is wrong.
38f8b050
JR
7875@end defmac
7876
7877@defmac LIBRARY_PATH_ENV
7878Define this macro as a C string constant for the environment variable that
7879specifies where the linker should look for libraries.
7880
7881You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"LIBRARY_PATH"}
7882is wrong.
7883@end defmac
7884
7885@defmac TARGET_POSIX_IO
7886Define this macro if the target supports the following POSIX@ file
7887functions, access, mkdir and file locking with fcntl / F_SETLKW@.
7888Defining @code{TARGET_POSIX_IO} will enable the test coverage code
7889to use file locking when exiting a program, which avoids race conditions
7890if the program has forked. It will also create directories at run-time
7891for cross-profiling.
7892@end defmac
7893
7894@defmac MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE
7895
7896A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via
7897conditional execution instructions instead of a branch. A value of
7898@code{BRANCH_COST}+1 is the default if the machine does not use cc0, and
78991 if it does use cc0.
7900@end defmac
7901
7902@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7903Used if the target needs to perform machine-dependent modifications on the
7904conditionals used for turning basic blocks into conditionally executed code.
7905@var{ce_info} points to a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which
7906contains information about the currently processed blocks. @var{true_expr}
7907and @var{false_expr} are the tests that are used for converting the
7908then-block and the else-block, respectively. Set either @var{true_expr} or
7909@var{false_expr} to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted.
7910@end defmac
7911
7912@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_MULTIPLE_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{bb}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7913Like @code{IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS}, but used when converting more complicated
7914if-statements into conditions combined by @code{and} and @code{or} operations.
7915@var{bb} contains the basic block that contains the test that is currently
7916being processed and about to be turned into a condition.
7917@end defmac
7918
7919@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN (@var{ce_info}, @var{pattern}, @var{insn})
7920A C expression to modify the @var{PATTERN} of an @var{INSN} that is to
7921be converted to conditional execution format. @var{ce_info} points to
7922a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which contains information
7923about the currently processed blocks.
7924@end defmac
7925
7926@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_FINAL (@var{ce_info})
7927A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in
7928converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks
7929can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7930to by @var{ce_info}.
7931@end defmac
7932
7933@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_CANCEL (@var{ce_info})
7934A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in
7935converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks
7936can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7937to by @var{ce_info}.
7938@end defmac
7939
67a0732f
SB
7940@defmac IFCVT_MACHDEP_INIT (@var{ce_info})
7941A C expression to initialize any machine specific data for if-conversion
7942of the if-block in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7943to by @var{ce_info}.
38f8b050
JR
7944@end defmac
7945
7946@hook TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
38f8b050
JR
7947
7948@hook TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
38f8b050
JR
7949
7950@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
38f8b050
JR
7951
7952@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
7953
d66f5459 7954@hook TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN
38f8b050 7955
c6447c20
RS
7956@hook TARGET_CHECK_BUILTIN_CALL
7957
08914aaa 7958@hook TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
38f8b050 7959
ea679d55
JG
7960@hook TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN
7961
3649b9b7 7962@hook TARGET_COMPARE_VERSION_PRIORITY
3649b9b7
ST
7963
7964@hook TARGET_GET_FUNCTION_VERSIONS_DISPATCHER
3649b9b7
ST
7965
7966@hook TARGET_GENERATE_VERSION_DISPATCHER_BODY
3649b9b7 7967
74b5fcf7
KL
7968@hook TARGET_PREDICT_DOLOOP_P
7969
603a4ad4
KL
7970@hook TARGET_HAVE_COUNT_REG_DECR_P
7971
7972@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_GENERIC
7973
7974@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_ADDRESS
7975
1d0216c8
RS
7976@hook TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P
7977
38f8b050
JR
7978@hook TARGET_INVALID_WITHIN_DOLOOP
7979
78e4f1ad
UB
7980@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_COMBINED_INSN
7981
4b4de898
JR
7982@hook TARGET_CAN_FOLLOW_JUMP
7983
38f8b050 7984@hook TARGET_COMMUTATIVE_P
38f8b050
JR
7985
7986@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE
7987
38f8b050 7988@hook TARGET_UNSPEC_MAY_TRAP_P
38f8b050
JR
7989
7990@hook TARGET_SET_CURRENT_FUNCTION
38f8b050
JR
7991
7992@defmac TARGET_OBJECT_SUFFIX
7993Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object
7994files on your target machine. If you do not define this macro, GCC will
7995use @samp{.o} as the suffix for object files.
7996@end defmac
7997
7998@defmac TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
7999Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix to be
8000automatically added to executable files on your target machine. If you
8001do not define this macro, GCC will use the null string as the suffix for
8002executable files.
8003@end defmac
8004
8005@defmac COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST
8006If defined, @code{collect2} will scan the individual object files
8007specified on its command line and create an export list for the linker.
8008Define this macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards
8009object files that are not referenced from @code{main} and uses export
8010lists.
8011@end defmac
8012
38f8b050 8013@hook TARGET_CANNOT_MODIFY_JUMPS_P
38f8b050 8014
38f8b050 8015@hook TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION
38f8b050 8016
2e0f1341
ZC
8017@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_FIRST
8018
8019@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_NEXT
8020
38f8b050 8021@hook TARGET_LOOP_UNROLL_ADJUST
38f8b050
JR
8022
8023@defmac POWI_MAX_MULTS
8024If defined, this macro is interpreted as a signed integer C expression
8025that specifies the maximum number of floating point multiplications
8026that should be emitted when expanding exponentiation by an integer
8027constant inline. When this value is defined, exponentiation requiring
8028more than this number of multiplications is implemented by calling the
8029system library's @code{pow}, @code{powf} or @code{powl} routines.
8030The default value places no upper bound on the multiplication count.
8031@end defmac
8032
8033@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8034This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8035target. The parameter @var{stdinc} indicates if normal include files
8036are present. The parameter @var{sysroot} is the system root directory.
8037The parameter @var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8038@end deftypefn
8039
8040@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_PRE_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8041This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8042target before any standard headers. The parameter @var{stdinc}
8043indicates if normal include files are present. The parameter
8044@var{sysroot} is the system root directory. The parameter
8045@var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8046@end deftypefn
8047
8048@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_OPTF (char *@var{path})
8049This target hook should register special include paths for the target.
8050The parameter @var{path} is the include to register. On Darwin
8051systems, this is used for Framework includes, which have semantics
8052that are different from @option{-I}.
8053@end deftypefn
8054
8055@defmac bool TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P (tree @var{fndecl})
8056This target macro returns @code{true} if it is safe to use a local alias
8057for a virtual function @var{fndecl} when constructing thunks,
8058@code{false} otherwise. By default, the macro returns @code{true} for all
8059functions, if a target supports aliases (i.e.@: defines
8060@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF}), @code{false} otherwise,
8061@end defmac
8062
8063@defmac TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES
8064If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8065target-specific format checking information for the @option{-Wformat}
8066option. The default is to have no target-specific format checks.
8067@end defmac
8068
8069@defmac TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES
8070If defined, this macro is the number of entries in
8071@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES}.
8072@end defmac
8073
8074@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES
8075If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8076target-specific format overrides for the @option{-Wformat} option. The
8077default is to have no target-specific format overrides. If defined,
8078@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES} must be defined, too.
8079@end defmac
8080
8081@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT
8082If defined, this macro specifies the number of entries in
8083@code{TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES}.
8084@end defmac
8085
8086@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT
8087If defined, this macro specifies the optional initialization
8088routine for target specific customizations of the system printf
8089and scanf formatter settings.
8090@end defmac
8091
38f8b050 8092@hook TARGET_INVALID_ARG_FOR_UNPROTOTYPED_FN
38f8b050
JR
8093
8094@hook TARGET_INVALID_CONVERSION
38f8b050
JR
8095
8096@hook TARGET_INVALID_UNARY_OP
38f8b050
JR
8097
8098@hook TARGET_INVALID_BINARY_OP
38f8b050 8099
38f8b050 8100@hook TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE
38f8b050
JR
8101
8102@hook TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE
38f8b050 8103
65ef05d0
RS
8104@hook TARGET_VERIFY_TYPE_CONTEXT
8105
38f8b050
JR
8106@defmac OBJC_JBLEN
8107This macro determines the size of the objective C jump buffer for the
8108NeXT runtime. By default, OBJC_JBLEN is defined to an innocuous value.
8109@end defmac
8110
8111@defmac LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
8112Define this macro if any target-specific attributes need to be attached
ff2ce160 8113to the functions in @file{libgcc} that provide low-level support for
38f8b050
JR
8114call stack unwinding. It is used in declarations in @file{unwind-generic.h}
8115and the associated definitions of those functions.
8116@end defmac
8117
8118@hook TARGET_UPDATE_STACK_BOUNDARY
38f8b050
JR
8119
8120@hook TARGET_GET_DRAP_RTX
38f8b050 8121
d10f3e90 8122@hook TARGET_ZERO_CALL_USED_REGS
8123
38f8b050 8124@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS
38f8b050
JR
8125
8126@hook TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
57c5ab1b 8127
dfe06d3e
JJ
8128@hook TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET
8129
5dcfdccd 8130@hook TARGET_MEMMODEL_CHECK
5dcfdccd 8131
57c5ab1b 8132@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL
2f251a05
AI
8133
8134@hook TARGET_HAS_IFUNC_P
267bac10 8135
fceec4d3
AM
8136@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ALIGN_FOR_MODE
8137
267bac10 8138@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV
807e902e 8139
ec6fe917
IV
8140@hook TARGET_RECORD_OFFLOAD_SYMBOL
8141
c713ddc0
BS
8142@hook TARGET_OFFLOAD_OPTIONS
8143
807e902e
KZ
8144@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
8145
8146On older ports, large integers are stored in @code{CONST_DOUBLE} rtl
8147objects. Newer ports define @code{TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT} to be nonzero
8148to indicate that large integers are stored in
8149@code{CONST_WIDE_INT} rtl objects. The @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} allows
8150very large integer constants to be represented. @code{CONST_DOUBLE}
8151is limited to twice the size of the host's @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}
8152representation.
8153
8154Converting a port mostly requires looking for the places where
8155@code{CONST_DOUBLE}s are used with @code{VOIDmode} and replacing that
8156code with code that accesses @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. @samp{"grep -i
8157const_double"} at the port level gets you to 95% of the changes that
8158need to be made. There are a few places that require a deeper look.
8159
8160@itemize @bullet
8161@item
8162There is no equivalent to @code{hval} and @code{lval} for
8163@code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. This would be difficult to express in the md
8164language since there are a variable number of elements.
8165
8166Most ports only check that @code{hval} is either 0 or -1 to see if the
8167value is small. As mentioned above, this will no longer be necessary
8168since small constants are always @code{CONST_INT}. Of course there
8169are still a few exceptions, the alpha's constraint used by the zap
8170instruction certainly requires careful examination by C code.
8171However, all the current code does is pass the hval and lval to C
8172code, so evolving the c code to look at the @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} is
8173not really a large change.
8174
8175@item
8176Because there is no standard template that ports use to materialize
8177constants, there is likely to be some futzing that is unique to each
8178port in this code.
8179
8180@item
8181The rtx costs may have to be adjusted to properly account for larger
8182constants that are represented as @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}.
8183@end itemize
8184
8185All and all it does not take long to convert ports that the
8186maintainer is familiar with.
8187
8188@end defmac
40af5894 8189
425fc685
RE
8190@hook TARGET_HAVE_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE
8191
8192@hook TARGET_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE
8193
40af5894 8194@hook TARGET_RUN_TARGET_SELFTESTS
3bd87832
MM
8195
8196@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_CAN_TAG_ADDRESSES
0854b584
MM
8197
8198@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_TAG_SIZE
8199
8200@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_GRANULE_SIZE
8201
8202@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_INSERT_RANDOM_TAG
8203
8204@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_ADD_TAG
8205
8206@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_SET_TAG
8207
8208@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_EXTRACT_TAG
8209
8210@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_UNTAGGED_POINTER